Visual Lighting Technologies Catalog 2009 by Visual Lighting Technologies

2009

9 Rancho Circle Lake Forest, CA 92630 Dear Lighting Professional, Over the past 10 years, Visual Lighting Technologies has provided beautiful illumination for museum collections, world-renown retailers, fabulous casinos and distinctive homes. Our High Performance Fiber Optic Lighting Systems can be found in locations across the U.S. and around the world. As the lighting industry continues to change, fiber optic lighting remains an important lighting tool for a wide variety of applications - and Visual Lighting Technologies continues to lead the field as the premier supplier of specification grade systems. With each new project our expertise grows, enabling us to deliver the most knowledgeable design, most complete project support, the highest-quality workmanship and finest customer service. Fiber optic systems from Visual Lighting Technologies continue to fulfill the imagination and out-perform the competition. VLT first integrated our printed catalog and website content in 2006, offering users the ability to search out and download product cut sheets by product name or cut sheet number. Since that time, the online catalog has come to play a greater and greater role in our daily interaction with designers and clients. We’ve now added a digital flip book version of the catalog, making Internet browsing both easier and fun. and an online store where basic fiber optic needs and replacement parts can be purchased. Our 2009 catalog update includes the most complete information on Light Channel and Light Panel products ever available, along with a new Accessories section and expanded information about designing custom chandeliers with our Sparkle Series glass fiber. You’ll find all this new information added to the website at www.visual-lighting.com. So whether you’re an architect, lighting designer, interior or store designer, Visual Lighting Technologies continues to be your best – and most complete - source for High Performance Fiber Optic Lighting.

Daniel Karl Haydt President

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle • Lake Forest, CA 92630

Table of Contents General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 The Fiber Advantage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 VLT Lux Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Fiber Optic Illuminators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Metal Halide Illuminators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Halogen Illuminators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Illuminator Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Fiber Stranded: PMMA & Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Megoflex EL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Lumeflex EL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Megoflex GL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Megoflex SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Galaxy Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Ribbon Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Sparkle Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Sparkle Fiber Chandeliers & Curtains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Fiber: Large Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Diamond Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Sta-Flex “WN” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Sta-Flex “FC” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Sta-Flex “FR”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Mounting & End Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Light Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Light Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle • Lake Forest, CA 92630

Interior Fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Bebop Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Nova Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Avant-Garde Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Note Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Outrigger Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Dolphin Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Monterey Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Spotlight Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Fiji Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Nassau Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Coral Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Shelf Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 XPO Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Interior Fixtures Accessories & Finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Exterior Fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Neptune Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Atlantis Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Sirius Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Reef Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Eclipse Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Paver Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 System Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Illuminator Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Replacement Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Harness Adapters & Harnessing Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Fiber Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Tools & Installation Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Application Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle â&#x20AC;˘ Lake Forest, CA 92630

Cut Sheet #1013

The Fiber Advantage A quick explanation of the advantages unique to fiber optic lighting

No electricity at the point of illumination – fiber optic cables carry only light to the point of illumination. The illuminator, and the electricity that powers it, can be some distance away from the objects or areas being lit. In wet environments - including fountains, pools, spas, steam showers or saunas - fiber optic systems are the safest way to provide illumination. No heat at the point of illumination – fiber optic cables carry no heat to the point of illumination, eliminating hot display cases and burns from overheated lamps and fixtures. And if you’re lighting heat-sensitive materials like food, flowers, cosmetics or fine art, you can have bright, focused light without heat or heat damage. No UV rays at the point of illumination – fiber optic cables carry no destructive UV rays to the point of illumination. That’s why the world’s great museums often use fiber optic lighting to protect their ancient treasures. For preserving fragile and precious items, fiber optic systems provide bright but gentle light. Easy and remote maintenance – whether the critical factor is access or convenience, fiber optic systems can make re-lamping a breeze. If fixtures are difficult to access, the illuminator can be located in a place that’s easier to reach; for multiple small lights (stair lights, paver lights or chandeliers) changing a single illuminator lamp re-lamps every light at once. Small size – fiber optic cables feed light directly into the fixture, without wasting space on wiring, lamp bases or sockets. A fiber optic fixture that measures a mere 12mm can deliver as many as 500 footcandles right where you want them, and simple fixtures for shelves or accents can be as small as 9mm deep. For display cases, bookshelves, accent lighting or ceilings with little plenum space, fiber optic systems provide bright, focusable light in the smallest spaces. High quality light – with their high CRI (Color Rendering Index rating), fiber optic systems deliver lighting that is both accurate and attractive. And if you’re lighting diamonds or other cut gems, the multiple strands of fiber optics will catch every glittering facet. That’s why the world’s most exclusive jewelers use fiber optic lighting to display their most dazzling gems. Energy savings – fiber optic lighting can save energy in a number of ways. Many fixtures can "share" the light from one illuminator, providing dozens of points of illumination with the expense of lighting just one lamp. Reducing wattage use saves additional money by reducing the load on HVAC systems, and when lighting refrigerated spaces, fiber optic lighting delivers brilliant illumination without adding unwanted heat.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle • Lake Forest, CA 92630

Cut Sheet #1023

VLT Lux Calculator Predictable Photometrics for Roblon Fiber Optic Lighting Systems featuring RCP Factory Harnessing The VLT Lux Calculator & RCP Harnessing: Together They Equal True Lighting Technology Whether the project is large or small, today’s lighting designers depend on detailed and accurate photometric data to produce professional lighting plans. With the pairing of the VLT Lux Calculator and RCP Harnessing, a fiber optic system’s light output is no longer guesswork - fiber optic lighting is transformed into true lighting technology with predictable and reliable light output. The VLT Lux Calculator is the world’s first photometric calculator designed for use with fiber optic lighting. By entering the proposed Roblon components (illuminator, fiber size, fiber length, number of tails and desired fixtures) via the user-friendly interface, the user will obtain predictable – and reliable - photometric data. The software displays the average foot-candles for a wide range of throw distances, and by adjusting the beam angle setting, the calculator automatically adjusts your footcandle output. This information can be printed out, or used to generate IES compatible photometric files for use with third party rendering or photometric calculation software programs.

Download the VLT Lux Calculator from our website at www.visual-lighting.com

RCP Harnessing RCP Harnessing – a proprietary technology that Randomizes, Crimps and Polishes the fiber harness - plays a vital role in delivering the results predicted by the Lux Calculator. The process of RCP Harnessing both maximizes and standardizes the fiber optic light output, making it possible to produce reliable photometric data. In fact, with RCP Harnessing, Visual Lighting Technologies will guarantee that your system’s light output will meet or exceed the output calculated by the VLT Lux Calculator.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle • Lake Forest, CA 92630

More About RCP Harnessing

RCP harnessing pre-finishes both the harness and tail ends of each fiber optic cable, producing an easy to install, "plug-and-play" fiber optic system. When the harness arrives at the job site, the electrical contractor simply runs the pre-terminated tails through conduit, connects each tail to the appropriate fixture, and plugs the harness end into the illuminator. Here are some additional advantages: • Your RCP harness is pre-fabricated to the exact fiber lengths required for your application, so you’ll save on both product and installation costs.

• RCP factory harnessing includes strand randomizing, a meticulous process that combs the fibers to insure uniform light output from every fiber optic tail.

• Our factory crimping and polishing process terminates and finishes each end of the fiber tail with a high quality optical surface.

• Output ends are finished with an aluminum ferrule that connects easily to any VLT fixture.

• Every harness is shipped with protective caps to protect the polished surface during installation.

• With RCP harnessing, VLT provides a five-year guarantee against fiber melting. Look for the RCP symbol on fibers that can be RCP harnessed and on illuminators that accept RCP harnesses.

See the VLT Lux Calculator on the Visual Lighting Technologies CD, or download a free copy at www.visual-lighting.com. For more information, contact your Visual Lighting Technologies representative. tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle • Lake Forest, CA 92630

Cut Sheet #1033

Terms & Conditions 1. Orders: Orders for Visual Lighting Technologies (VLT) will be accepted only with a written Purchase Order. This order shall be subject to all sales, excise and other taxes. Customer is responsible for furnishing a resale certificate. Accounting terms should be agreed upon prior to order placement. "Hold for Release" purchase orders will be required to receive submittal packages. "Hold for Release" orders are subject to a 10% cancellation fee once submittals are issued. VLT has a $100 minimum order policy. RUSH orders will be charged an additional 15% processing fee. 2. Credit: All new credit accounts must sign a completed credit application form or furnish VLT with their standard credit references. Please allow three to five business days to establish credit. Unless credit is established, a pre-payment by check or wire transfer should accompany the Purchase Order. All invoices not paid within terms will accrue late fees of 1.5% per month or a portion thereof. It is expressly understood and agreed that all warranties do not become effective and are expressly contingent upon payment of all sums due and payable, including but not limited to, finance charges, transportations costs, attorneys fees, and late fees. 3. Terms: Payment terms and credit limit of approved credit customers will be determined by VLT based on business consideration, credit history, years in business, etc. VLT reserves the right to hold any orders if an account has open invoices that extend beyond payment terms or exceed approved credit limit. Standard terms are 50% Deposit and 50% on Delivery of goods. Custom orders always require a 50% deposit. New customers must provide a 50% deposit on their first order. 4. C.O.D. Orders: All C.O.D. orders may be paid by company checks if approved by VLT. A $15.00 C.O.D. fee will be added to the C.O.D. amount. 5. International Orders: All international orders must be pre-paid by wire transfer. 6. Shipping: Consult factory for current lead-time prior to order placement. All prices are F.O.B. Lake Forest, California. Collect or pre-paid and additional methods of delivery and routing shall be at the seller’s discretion. VLT reserves the right to add handling charges to any shipment. VLT does not permit "freight allowed" terms. 7. Returns: Refer to the VLT "Limited Warranty". There is a 35% re-stocking fee on any return. Custom products or complete fiber harnesses are NOT returnable. 8. Loss or Damage: All products are tested, QC reviewed, and known to be in working order before leaving VLT. All title and risk of loss pass to buyer at seller’s dock. Claims for lost or damaged products/shipments shall be made by the buyer with the transportation agent or shipping firm. Buyer must inspect equipment immediately upon receipt and report any damage to the appropriate party within 72 hours of receipt. 9. Payment of Invoices: Remit invoices to Visual Lighting Technologies, 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630 10. Prices are subject to change without notice. 11. All prices are stated in U.S. dollars. 12. VLT’s Limited Warranty is contingent upon and does not become effective until orders are fully paid. The remedy under VLT’s Limited Warranty is not available to clients and/or orders where there is an outstanding balance due and/or overdue invoice. A copy of VLT’s Limited Warranty will be provided on request. 13. Online Purchases: End-user customers must purchase LED product via a normal, industry chain of distribution and are prohibited from purchasing LED products via VLT’s online purchasing system. For assistance with purchasing LED equipment, please call or contact your local, independent representative and/or a VLT corporate representative. Customer Signature:______________________________________________________

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle • Lake Forest, CA 92630

0106

Cut Sheet #1043

Limited Warranty Visual Lighting Technologies (VLT) warrants its products (not including damage to product incurred during shipment or transportation; see also VLT Terms and Conditions) as follows: • Diamond Line Optical Fiber and Sta-Flex Fiber: VLT grants a pro-rated limited warranty forfive (5) years guaranteeing that the Diamond Line and Sta-Flex Optical Fibers will transmit light along its length and be substantially free of voids and contaminants subject to the Warranty Terms and Conditions detailed below. The pro-rated, limited warranty requires the Purchaser to bear a portion of the retail costs to repair or replace the Diamond Line or Sta-Flex fiber as follows:

(i) First Year: Purchaser pays 0% of the then current suggested retail costs of any materials used for repair or replacement; (ii) Second Year: Purchaser pays 35% of the then current suggested retail costs of any materials used for repair or replacement; (iii) Third Year: Purchaser pays 50% of the then current suggested retail costs of any materials used for repair or replacement; (iv) Fourth year: Purchaser pays 75% of the then current suggested retail costs of any materials used for repair or replacement; (v) Fifth Year: Purchaser pays 90% of the then current suggested retail costs of any materials used for repair or replacement.

VLT reserves the right to charge for all labor required to perform repair or replacement of the Diamond Line of Sta-Flex optical fiber. •

•

RCP Harnessing: VLT guarantees for a period of five (5) years from the date of purchase that the RCP Harnessing will not deteriorate, overheat, and/or melt fibers as long as the RCP Harness is used in Roblon illuminator that is mounted in accordance with VLT installa tions instructions and subject to the Warranty Terms and Conditions detailed below. LED Products: VLT guarantees that all LED products sold by VLT will be free from defects in material or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of purchase subject to the Warranty Terms and Conditions detailed below. LED Drivers: VLT guarantees that all LED driver products sold by VLT will be free from defects in material or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of purchase subject to the Warranty Terms and Conditions detailed below. All VLT Products: Except as otherwise noted herein, VLT guarantees that all products sold by VLT will be free from defects in material or workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of purchase subject to the Warranty Terms and Conditions detailed below. Electronic Ballasts: VLT guarantees that all Electronic Ballasts sold by VLT will be free from defects for a period of one (1) year from the date of purchase subject to the Warranty Terms and Conditions detailed below. Lamps: VLT does NOT guarantee nor warranty lamp life including, but not limited to, the lamp life of any CDM, Halogen and/or LED lamp within an individual LED fixture except as otherwise specifically provided herein. (continued)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle • Lake Forest, CA 92630

Limited Warranty Cont.

Warranty Terms: VLT shall first attempt to repair the defective product and second replace it with the same model, or its equivalent model, at no charge, excluding any shipping charges. To obtain warranty service: 1) A return authorization number (RMA#) must be obtained from VLT; 2) The product must be delivered or shipped prepaid to VLT; and 3) Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale or invoice, indicating that the product is within the warranty period, must be sent to VLT to obtain warranty service. Warranty Conditions:This warranty will be void if the warranted items are: 1) Used, installed and/or maintained in such a manner that is not in accordance with VLTâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s specifications, recommendations, and/or procedures, including, but not limited to: a) Mishandling, such as stretching, pulling, kinking, breaking, crimping, cutting or scratching of optical fiber and cable; b) Exposure of the inner core of Diamond Line and/or Sta-Flex optical fiber to liquids or moisture; c) Installation of non-jacketed optical fiber without UV protection in exterior locations as recommended by VLT; d) Use of non-VLT illuminators; e) Misplacement of illuminator(s) which causes overheating; and f) Failure to follow installation and maintenance manuals and/or instructions provided by the manufacturer; g) Use of non-VLT LED drivers. 2) Modified or altered in any way by anyone other than VLT or VLTâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s authorized agents; or 3) Not made available to VLT or its authorized agent for inspection, along with all installation, maintenance and other appropriate documents, when a warranty claim is made. This warranty does not include cosmetic damage, or damage to any part of the product, resulting from acts of God, accident, shipping, misuse, abuse, improper storage or connection to an improper voltage supply. This warranty does not include lamp life. VLT is not responsible for merchandise damaged in transit. Apparent or concealed damages that are incurred in transit should be reported immediately to the transportation carrier and an appropriate claim filed with the carrier. Repaired or replaced products shall be subject to the terms of this Warranty and are inspected when packed for return shipment. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: This Warranty (and any repair and replacement as provided herein) is the sole and exclusive remedy of any claims relating to items purchased through VLT; and no other warranties, express or implied, are given, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. VLT shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages for breach of any express or implied warranty on this product. VLT will not be responsible for any representation, promise or expansion of this limited warranty by any dealer, sales or manufacturing representative or distributor of the products covered by this warranty. In the event that there is any statutory expansion of the provisions of the warranty expressed herein, the item will be deemed purchased on an as-is basis as to such expansion. Except as provided in this limited warranty all items are purchased in an as-is condition. Please contact VLT for any technical help with your illuminators or to verify that you qualify for warranty repair or replacement. tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle â&#x20AC;˘ Lake Forest, CA 92630

0106

Illuminator Selection Guide Illuminator Series

250 watt Metal Halide



150 watt Compact Metal Halide



150 watt Standard Metal Halide



Platinum Series

Silver Series

Encore Metal Halide Series

150 watt CMY Metal Halide 150 watt Metal Halide

Bronze Series

Dimming Dousing

DMX Controls

Permanent Color/CTO

Twinkle Wheel

Dual Color Wheels

Color Wheel

White Light

Color Temperature

CRI

Life

Type

Display Case

Options

4.2K

      

HID 6,000 96

4.2K



HID 6,000 96

4.2K

      



HID 6,000 96

4.2K

      

 

HID 6,000 96

4.2K

 



HID 6,000 96

4.2K

      

HID 6,000 96

4.2K

      

HAL 4,000 100

 

HAL 4,000 100

      

w/ Rain Hood



150 watt Metal Halide Wet 75 watt Standard Halogen

Lamp

HID 5,000 72

150 watt Standard Metal Halide Wet

CMY Series

Exterior

Environment

Interior

Illuminators

 

75 watt Halogen Wet



 



75 watt Compact Halogen



HAL 6,000 100



100 watt Compact Halogen



HAL 2,500 100

3.4K



Encore Halogen Series 250 watt Halogen



HAL 1,500 100

3.1K

      

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Fiber Optic Illuminators

n illuminator is the light source for a fiber optic lighting system, generating high-intensity light for transmission through the optical fibers. Illuminators also produce the “special effects” of a fiber optic system, providing single or multiple colors, twinkling light, and special programmed effects.

Visual Lighting Technologies offers illuminators with halogen and metal halide light sources, each with different qualities that you’ll want to compare. The best illuminator for your application will depend on several factors, including where it will be located, the effect desired, and what types of fiber and fixtures the illuminator will light. The Illuminator Selection Guide, opposite, provides a quick breakdown of some of the important characteristics you’ll want to consider. The lighting designers at Visual Lighting Technologies will help you make the right choice for your project’s needs.

More Cut Sheets Whenever You Need Them Additional Cut Sheets are just a mouse click away with our websiteintegrated catalog. On the following pages, you’ll find a four-digit number at the top of each illuminator Cut Sheet. Type that number into the designated box on the Visual Lighting Technologies website homepage (www.visual-lighting.com) and you’ll be linked directly to the desired Cut Sheet in a format that you can print out, copy and fax.

Complete Roblon fiber optic systems may feature RCP harnessing, a proprietary technology that maximizes fiber optic light output. With RCP harnessing, Visual Lighting Technologies provides a 5-year warranty against fiber melting, and a guarantee that your system’s light output will meet or exceed the output predicted by the VLT Lux Calculator. Illuminators featuring the RCP symbol can be used with RCP harnessed fibers.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

Metal Halide Illuminators

Our brightest illuminators Models for a wide variety of application needs Standard, compact, wet and animation units Off-the-shelf lamps in four different wattages White light, continuous color and DMX models World-wide voltage options

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Metal halide illuminators generate the most light and offer the widest range of control options for fiber optic applications. Visual Lighting Technologies offers five series of metal halide illuminators using four different lamp strengths to meet a wide variety of application needs. All metal halide lamps require from two to ten minutes to reach full brightness, and require a mechanical douser to achieve a dimming effect. Once a metal halide lamp is turned off, it must cool for approximately three minutes before re-striking (turning back on). Platinum Series: Our brightest and most powerful illuminators utilize a 250 watt Ushio lamp with 5,000 hour lamp life. The 4200째 K color temperature of these off-the-shelf lamps creates an even higher perceived brightness in all fibers connected to this powerhouse illuminator. Silver Series:These are our most popular illuminators, featuring the Philips MasterColor CDM-SA/R 150 watt metal halide lamp for the perfect balance of high light output and long lamp life (6,000 hours). The 150 watt Compact is UL-listed for cabinet installations and fits easily into a cabinet drawer or toe kick. The 150 watt Standard is a great general purpose illuminator, suitable for a broad range of interior applications. The 150 watt Wet location illuminator was designed for outdoor projects requiring a rugged, lockable, vandal-resistant enclosure. The 150 watt CMY features seamless CMY (Cyan-Magenta-Yellow) color mixing and continuous dimming from 0 to 100%. Dichroic glass filters allow for an unlimited color range without custom color wheels. Encore Series These popular and economical illuminators are a great choice for both residential and commercial projects. Available in two different housings, these units are interior rated workhorses; the wet location version adds a NEMA 3R enclosure. All of our Encore Series illuminators are offered with a broad range of voltage options, making them ideally suited for all international projects. All Encore Series illuminators utilize DIY (Do-It-Yourself) Harnessing, which can be done on-site or at the VLT factory.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

Metal Halide Illuminators

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

PLATINUM SERIES 250 Watt

Cut Sheet #2033

Metal Halide Illuminator

5,000+ hour lamp life

Neon-like brightness with side light fiber

Advanced fiber cooling system with quiet fan

Roblon Type FL 250 Control Features Available in White Light, Continuous Color and DMX models. Continuous Color Wheel Includes 1 rpm motor for twinkle wheel or 6-part standard color wheel (Clear, Yellow, Red, Blue, Orange, Green). DMX512 Single Wheel Fully rotating color or douser wheel with variable speed and direction control; two (2) channel operation with individual control of wheel and lamp strike; optional master/slave function for synchronizing multiple units from one master unit; DMX connection via 5-pin XLR connector. DMX512 Dual Wheel Fully rotating color and douser wheels with independent speed and direction control; three (3) channel operation with individual control of color wheel, douser wheel and lamp strike; DMX connection via 5-pin XLR connector.

MOUNTING GUIDE On Wall / Vertical

6-position color wheel (Clear, Green, Orange, Blue, Red, Yellow) (custom available) 6-position douser wheel (Blackout, 6%, 12%, 25%, 50%, Clear)

Lamp 250 watt Ushio MHR250 metal halide with 5,000 hour lamp life; 72 CRI, 4200° K color temperature; 3 minute re-strike delay. Replacement Lamp Catalog #AC-LMP-250MHR-4K Electrical Electronic ballast; 100-240v, 50/60Hz; 6' detachable IEC power cord with integral fuse; 2.5 amps. continuous load, 5.0 amps. start-up load at 120 volts; auto-reset thermal protection.

Horizontal

Enclosure IP20 rating for dry or damp operating environment; aluminum housing with black powder coat finish; advanced forced-air fiber cooling system; 38 dB(A) quiet fan; weight 4.6 kilograms (10 lbs.). Fiber Capacity 1000 – 0.75mm; accepts stranded PMMA/ glass or large core fiber; PMMA and glass fiber only with RCP harnessing.

AIRFLOW GUIDE

Harness 28mm Mounting and Ventilation 12" all sides recommended clearance; -30°C min/+40°C max (-22°F min/104°F max) operating temperature. Listings UL, cUL Listed; CE marked. Plea se refer to VLT L ux Calculato r for all Ph otom etrics a nd Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

MVOLT 4 28 D LGP250 –__________ –__________ –__________ /__________–__________ –__________

Voltage

Illuminator

MVOLT Electronic 100-240v / 50-60Hz

Roblon Platinum Series 250w

Enclosure

Color Temperature

D Dry/Damp Location

4 4,200°K

Port Size

Wheel Options

28 28mm(1,000-0.75mm fibers) W S D S2 T

Control Options W N D1 D2

White Continuous Wheel DMX Single Wheel DMX Dual Wheels

White Standard Colors Standard Douser Standard Colors & Douser (D2 only) Standard Twinkle

Modifiers & Accessories PC Permanent Color Filter (refer to pg. 41 for selection) CW/E Extended Palette Color Wheel (refer to pg. 43 for selection) CW/C Custom Color Wheel (specify any colors, may require long lead time; use form on pg. 43 to specify custom choices) TW/B Twinkle Wheel with Bars (refer to pg. 46 for details) TW/SS Twinkle Wheel for Shooting Star (refer to pg. 46 for details) TW/CW Twinkle / Color Wheel (refer to pg. 43 for selection) TW/CD Twinkle / Color Wheel w/ Crushed Dichroics (refer to pg. 43 for selection)

MS3 3.6rpm Continuous Wheel Motor MS5 5.0rpm Continuous Wheel Motor 2LCN Dual Line Cord for Continuous Wheel Control WLE/SS Wet Location Enclosure, Stainless Steel (refer to pg. 46 for details) WLE/AL Wet Location Enclosure, Powder Coated Aluminum (refer to pg. 46 for details) *For DMX controls and other system accessories, please refer to the Accessories section of this binder.

Ple ase refer to VLT Lux Calcu lat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Bea m A ng le s tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

SILVER SERIES 150 Watt Compact

Cut Sheet #2043

Metal Halide Illuminator

Compact size ideal for display cases

Extremely quiet fan

Advanced fiber cooling system

Designed for quick and easy servicing

Roblon Type FL 150-3

Control Features Available in White Light or with optional Permanent Color Lamp 150 watt Philips MasterColor CDM-SA/R metal halide with 6,000 hour lamp life (80% lumens maintained); 96 CRI, 4200° K color temperature; 3 minute re-strike delay.

MOUNTING GUIDE On Wall / Vertical

Replacement Lamp Catalog #AC-LMP-150CDM-4K Electrical Electronic ballast; 100-240v, 50/60Hz; 6' detachable IEC power cord with integral fuse; 1.5 amps. continuous load, 3.0 amps. start-up load at 120 volts; auto-reset thermal protection. Enclosure IP20 rating for dry or damp operating environment; anodized aluminum housing; advanced forced-air fiber cooling system; 28.5 dB(A) quiet fan; weight 2.2 kilograms (4.8 lbs.). Fiber Capacity 1000 – 0.75mm; accepts stranded PMMA/glass or large core fiber Horizontal

Harness 28mm Mounting and Ventilation 6" clearance in front for fiber exit; zero clearance all other sides (rear with proper exhaust venting); -30°C min/+40°C max (-22°F min/104°F max) operating temperature. Listings UL, cUL Listed (portable cabinet light); CE marked.

AIRFLOW GUIDE

Plea se refer to VLT L ux Calculato r for all Ph otom etrics a nd Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

4 28 W W D MVOLT LGS150C –__________ –__________ –__________ /__________ –__________ –__________

Voltage

Illuminator

MVOLT Electronic 100-240v / 50-60Hz

Roblon Silver Series 150w Compact

Enclosure

Color Temperature 4

4,200°K

Port Size

Dry/Damp Location

Wheel Options

28 28mm(1,000-0.75mm fibers)

W White

Control Options W White

Modifiers & Accessories PC EHA

Permanent Color Filter (refer to pg. 41 for selection) Exhaust Hose Adapter (refer to pg. 47 for details)

Light Shield to block light leak (refer to pg. 47 for details)

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Silver Series

150 Watt Standard

Cut Sheet #2053

Metal Halide Illuminator

Advanced fiber cooling system with quiet fan

Rugged magnetic ballast

Easy serviceability

Roblon Type FL 150-2 Control Features Available in White Light, Continuous Color and DMX models. Continuous Color Wheel Includes 1 rpm motor for twinkle wheel or 6-part standard color wheel (Clear, Yellow, Red, Blue, Orange, Green). DMX512 Single Wheel Fully rotating color or douser wheel with variable speed and direction control; two (2) channel operation with individual control of wheel and lamp strike; optional master/slave function for synchronizing multiple units from one master unit; DMX connection via 5-pin XLR connector. DMX512 Dual Wheel Fully rotating color and douser wheels with independent speed and direction control; three (3) channel operation with individual control of color wheel, douser wheel and lamp strike; DMX connection via 5-pin XLR connector.

MOUNTING GUIDE On Wall / Vertical

6-position color wheel (Clear, Green, Orange, Blue, Red, Yellow) (custom available) 6-position douser wheel (Blackout, 6%, 12%, 25%, 50%, Clear)

Lamp 150 watt Philips MasterColor CDM-SA/R metal halide with 6,000 hour lamp life (80% lumens maintained); 96 CRI, 4200° K color temperature; 3 minute re-strike delay. Replacement Lamp Catalog #AC-LMP-150CDM-4K Electrical Magnetic ballast; 110-120v, 60Hz; 6' detachable IEC power cord with integral fuse; 1.7 amps. continuous load, 3.0 amps. start-up load at 120 volts; auto-reset thermal protection.

Horizontal

Enclosure IP20 rating for dry or damp operating environment; aluminum housing with black powder coat finish; advanced forced-air fiber cooling system; 32 dB(A) quiet fan; weight 5.5 kilograms (12.1 lbs.). Fiber Capacity 1000 – 0.75mm; accepts stranded PMMA/glass or large core fiber.

AIRFLOW GUIDE

Harness 28mm Mounting and Ventilation 12" all sides recommended clearance; -20°C min/+40°C max (-4°F min/104°F max) operating temperature. Listings UL, cUL Listed; CE marked. Plea se refer to VLT L ux Calculato r for all Ph otom etrics a nd Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

LGS150

120/60 4 28 D –__________ –__________ –__________ /__________–__________ –__________

Voltage

Illuminator 120/60

Roblon Silver Series 150w

Enclosure

Color Temperature 4

Magnetic 110-120v / 60Hz

4,200°K

Port Size

Wheel Options

28 28mm(1,000-0.75mm fibers)

Control Options W N D1 D2

Dry/Damp Location

White Continuous Wheel DMX Single Wheel DMX Dual Wheels

W S D S2 T

White Standard Colors Standard Douser Standard Colors & Douser (D2 only) Standard Twinkle

Modifiers & Accessories M230/50 E230 PC CW/E CW/C TW/B TW/SS

Magnetic 230-240v / 50Hz Ballast Electronic 230-240v / 50-60Hz Ballast Permanent Color Filter (refer to pg. 41 for selection) Extended Palette Color Wheel (refer to pg. 43 for selection) Custom Color Wheel (specify any colors, may require long lead time; use form on pg. 43 to specify custom choices) Twinkle Wheel with Bars (refer to pg. 46 for details) Twinkle Wheel for Shooting Star (refer to pg. 46 for details)

TW/CW TW/CD

Twinkle / Color Wheel (refer to pg. 43 for selection) Twinkle / Color Wheel with Crushed Dichroics (refer to pg. 43 for selection) MS3 3.6rpm Continuous Wheel Motor MS5 5.0rpm Continuous Wheel Motor 2LCN Dual Line Cord for Continuous Wheel Control *For DMX controls and other system accessories, please refer to the Accessories section of this binder.

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

SILVER SERIES

150 Watt Standard Wet

Cut Sheet #2063

Metal Halide Illuminator

IP45 Wet location rating

Rugged, vandalresistant, lockable enclosure

Zero light leak

Control Features Available in White Light, Continuous Color and DMX models. Continuous Color Wheel Includes 1 rpm motor for twinkle wheel or 6-part standard color wheel (Clear, Yellow, Red, Blue, Orange, Green). DMX512 Single Wheel Fully rotating color or douser wheel with variable speed and direction control; two (2) channel operation with individual control of wheel and lamp strike; optional master/slave function for synchronizing multiple units from one master unit; DMX connection via screw terminals. DMX512 Dual Wheel Fully rotating color and douser wheels with independent speed and direction control; three (3) channel operation with individual control of color wheel, douser wheel and lamp strike; DMX connection via screw terminals.

Available mounting bracket/planter stand

Roblon Type FL 150 XT-2

MOUNTING GUIDE On Wall / Vertical

6-position color wheel (Clear, Green, Orange, Blue, Red, Yellow) (custom available) 6-position douser wheel (Blackout, 6%, 12%, 25%, 50%, Clear)

IP45

Lamp 150 watt Philips MasterColor CDM-SA/R metal halide with 6,000 hour lamp life (80% lumens maintained); 96 CRI, 4200° K color temperature; 3 minute re-strike delay. Replacement Lamp Catalog #AC-LMP-150CDM-4K Electrical Electronic ballast; 100-240v, 50/60Hz; 6' attached power cord without connector; 1.5 amps. continuous load, 3.0 amps. start-up load at 120 volts; auto-reset thermal protection.

Horizontal

Enclosure IP45 rating for outdoor operating environment; electro-galvanized steel housing with grey powder coat finish; forced-air cooled; 28.5 dB(A) quiet fan; weight 8.4 kilograms (18.5 lbs.; rugged outdoor design; lockable; vandal-resistant.

Fiber Capacity 1000 – 0.75mm; accepts stranded PMMA/glass or large core fiber. Harness 28mm

AIRFLOW GUIDE

Mounting and Ventilation Vertical, on wall; horizontal on raised concrete slab; mounting stand optional; in-ground mounting optional (contact VLT); 50 cfm minimum air volume; air intake and/or exhaust can be attached to 3" duct for routing of ventilation up to 13' away from illuminator; 6" all sides recommended clearance; -30°C min/+40°C max (-22°F min/104°F max) operating temperature. Listings UL, cUL Listed; CE marked. Plea se refer to VLT L ux Calculato r for all Ph otom etrics a nd Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

MVOLT 4 28 W LGS150 –__________ –__________ –__________ /__________–__________ –__________

Voltage

Illuminator

MVOLT Electronic 100-240v / 50-60Hz

Roblon Silver Series 150w

Enclosure

Color Temperature 4

W Wet Location

4,200°K

Port Size

Wheel Options

28 28mm(1,000-0.75mm fibers) W S D S2 T

Control Options W N D1 D2

White Continuous Wheel DMX Single Wheel DMX Dual Wheels

White Standard Colors Standard Douser Standard Colors & Douser (D2 only) Standard Twinkle

Modifiers & Accessories PC CW/E CW/C

Permanent Color Filter (refer to pg. 41 for selection) Extended Palette Color Wheel (refer to pg. 43 for selection) Custom Color Wheel (specify any colors, may require long lead time; use form on pg. 43 to specify custom choices) TW/B Twinkle Wheel with Bars (refer to pg. 46 for details) TW/SS Twinkle Wheel for Shooting Star (refer to pg. 46 for details) TW/CW Twinkle / Color Wheel (refer to pg. 43 for selection) TW/CD Twinkle / Color Wheel w/ Crushed Dichroics (refer to pg. 43 for selection)

MS3 3.6rpm Continuous Wheel Motor MS5 5.0rpm Continuous Wheel Motor 2LCN Dual Line Cord for Continuous Wheel Control MB Mounting Bracket / Planter Stand (refer to pg. 48 for details) VRC Vandal Resistant Cover to protect fiber (refer to pg. 48 for details) KL Keyed Lock for Illuminator Door (refer to pg. 46 for details) *For DMX controls and other system accessories, please refer to the Accessories section of this binder.

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

CMY SERIES 150 Watt CMY

Cut Sheet #2073

Metal Halide Illuminator Full CMY color mixing

Full range mechanical dimmer

IP44 wet location rating

Unparalleled standalone color changing effects

Control Features Available in DMX controllable model only. DMX 512 Full subtractive CMY color mixing using gradated, dichroic glass filters; mechanical dimmer allows continuous adjustment of light intensity from 0% to 100% without loss of color temperature. Seven (7) channel operation, including individual control of lamp strike, color wheels, dimmer and cross-fade speed value. DMX connection via 3-pin or 5-pin XLR connector. Must be protected from weather.

MOUNTING GUIDE On Wall / Vertical

Capable of stand-alone operation with defined or random color changes at programmed intervals and speeds; unit includes 24-hour real-time clock and ambient light-level sensor for control of start/stop times and light levels.

Horizontal

amps. continuous load, 3.0 amps. start-up load at 120 volts; auto-reset thermal protection.

Enclosure IP44 rating for wet operating environment; ABS plastic housing with grey finish; filtered forced-air cooling system; 32 dB(A) quiet fan; weight 8 kilograms (17.6 lbs.). Fiber Capacity 1000 – 0.75mm; accepts stranded PMMA/glass or large core fiber.

IP44

AIRFLOW GUIDE

Mounting and Ventilation Indoors: any orientation; Outdoors: horizontally; 8" all sides recommended clearance; -20°C min/+40°C max (-4°F min/104°F max) operating temperature. Listings ETL Certification (UL Test) for wet location; CE marked.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

4 28 D CMY –__________ W 120/60 LGY150 –__________ –__________ –__________ /__________ –__________

Voltage

Illuminator

120/60 Magnetic 110-120v / 60Hz

CMY Series 150w

Enclosure

Color Temperature

W Wet Location

4 4,200°K

Port Size 28 28mm (1,000 - 0.75mm fibers)

Wheel Options CMY Full CMY Color Mixing

Control Options D

DMX

Modifiers & Accessories M230/50 Magnetic 230-240v / 50Hz Ballast

*For DMX controls and other system accessories, please refer to the Accessories section of this binder.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

ENCORE SERIES 150 Watt

Cut Sheet #2103

Metal Halide Illuminator

150 watt lamp

Available 8-part color wheel

Economical; ideal for residential projects

Available in most world-wide voltages

MOUNTING GUIDE On Wall / Vertical

DMX512 Dual Wheel Fully rotating color and douser wheels with independent speed control; two (2) channel operation with individual control of color wheel and douser wheel; DMX connection via 5-pin XLR connector. 8-position color wheel (Orange, Hot Pink,Teal Green,Yellow, Blue, Coral, White, Aqua) (custom available). Continuous Gradient Douser Wheel

Horizontal

Electrical Magnetic ballast; available 120-277v, 50/60 Hz; 1.98 amps. start-up load, 1.53 amps. continuous load at 110 volts; Electronic ballast: 120v, 50/60 Hz, 1.98 amps. start-up load, 1.41 amps. continuous load at 110 volts; 6’ detachable IEC power cord with integral fuse. Enclosure NEMA I (IP20) rating for dry or damp operating environment; anodized aluminum housing; forcedair cooled; 40 dB(A); weight 4.1 kilograms (9 lbs.). Fiber Capacity 1000 – 0.75mm; accepts stranded PMMA/glass or large core fiber.

AIRFLOW GUIDE

Harness 28mm. Mounting and Ventilation Minimum 12" all sides recommended clearance; -29°C min/+43°C max (-20°F min/110°F max) operating temperature. Listings ETL (Based on UL Standard 1598); CSA; CE marked.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

LGE150

–

120/60 4 – _________ 28 – _________ /_________ – ________ D – ___________ ________ Voltage

Illuminator 120/60

Lumenyte Encore Series 150w

Enclosure

Color Temperature 4

Magnetic 110-120v / 60Hz

4,200° K

Port Size

Dry/Damp Location

Wheel Options

28 28mm (1,000 - 0.75mm fibers)

W S D S2 T

Control Options W N D1 D2

White Continuous Wheel DMX Single Wheel DMX Dual Wheels

White Standard Colors Standard Douser Standard Colors & Douser (D2 only) Standard Twinkle

Modifiers & Accessories E120 M208/60 M240/60 M277/60 M220/50 M230/50 M240/50 PC CW/E

Electronic 110-120v / 50-60Hz Ballast Magnetic 208v / 60Hz Ballast Magnetic 240v / 60Hz Ballast Magnetic 277v / 60Hz Ballast Magnetic 220v / 50Hz Ballast Magnetic 230v / 50Hz Ballast Magnetic 240v / 50Hz Ballast Permanent Color Filter (refer to pg. 41 for selection) Extended Palette Color Wheel (refer to pg. 44 for selection)

CW/C

Custom Color Wheel (specify any color, may require long lead time; use form on pg. 44 to specify custom choices) TW/B Twinkle Wheel with Bars (refer to pg. 46 for details) TW/SS Twinkle Wheel for Shooting Star (refer to pg. 46 for details) TW/CW Twinkle / Color Wheel (refer to pg. 44 for selection) TW/CD Twinkle / Color Wheel w/ Crushed Dichroics (refer to pg. 44 for selection) 2LCN Dual Line Cord for Continuous Wheel Control EHA Exhaust Hose Adapter (refer to pg. 47 for details) *For DMX controls and other system accessories, please refer to the Accessories section of this binder.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

ENCORE SERIES 150 watt Wet

Cut Sheet #2113

Metal Halide Illuminator

NEMA 3R (IP45) Wet Location Rating

Available in most world-wide voltages

150 watt lamp

Economical; ideal for residential projects

Control Features Available in White Light, Continuous Color and DMX models. Continuous Color Wheel Includes 1 rpm motor for twinkle wheel or 8-part color wheel (Orange, Hot Pink, Teal Green, Yellow, Blue, Coral, White, Aqua) (custom available). DMX512 Single Wheel Fully rotating color or douser wheel with variable speed control; one (1) channel operation with control of wheel; DMX connection via screw terminals. DMX512 Dual Wheel Fully rotating color and douser wheels with independent speed control; two (2) channel operation with individual control of color wheel and douser wheel; DMX connection via screw terminals. 8-position color wheel (Orange, Hot Pink,Teal Green,Yellow, Blue, Coral, White, Aqua) (custom available) Continuous gradient douser wheel

MOUNTING GUIDE On Wall / Vertical

IP45

Lamp 150 watt Philips MasterColor CDM-SA/R metal halide with 6,000 hour lamp life (80% lumens maintained); 96 CRI, 4200° K color temperature; 3 minute re-strike delay. Replacement Lamp Catalog #AC-LMP-150CDM-4K Electrical Magnetic ballast: available 120-277v, 50/60 Hz; 1.98 amps. start-up load,1.53 amps. continuous load at 110 volts; Electronic ballast: 120v, 50/60Hz, 1.98 amps. start-up load,1.41 amps. continuous load @ at 110 volts; 6' attached power cord with connector.

Horizontal

Enclosure NEMA 3R (IP45) rating for wet operating environment; powder-coated CRS housing; forced-air cooled; 40.2 dB(A); weight 8.2 kilograms (18.1 lbs.). Fiber Capacity 1000 – 0.75mm; accepts stranded PMMA/glass or large core fiber. Harness 28mm

AIRFLOW GUIDE

Mounting and Ventilation Minimum 12" all sides recommended clearance; -29°C min/+43°C max (-20°F min/110°F max) operating temperature. Listings ETL (Based on UL Standard 1598); CSA; CE marked.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

LGE150 –

120/60 28 W 4 ________ – _________ – _________ /_________ – ________ – ___________ Voltage

Illuminator

120/60 Magnetic 110-120v / 60Hz

Lumenyte Encore Series 150w

Enclosure

Color Temperature 4

W Wet Location

4,200° K

Wheel Options

Port Size W S D S2 T

28 28mm (1,000 - 0.75mm fibers)

Control Options W N D1 D2

White Continuous Wheel DMX Single Wheel DMX Dual Wheels

White Standard Colors Standard Douser Standard Colors & Douser (D2 only) Standard Twinkle

Modifiers & Accessories E120 M208/60 M240/60 M277/60 M220/50 M230/50 M240/50 PC CW/E

CW/C

Custom Color Wheel (specify any color, may require long lead time; use form on pg. 44 to specify custom choices) TW/B Twinkle Wheel with Bars (refer to pg. 46 for details) TW/SS Twinkle Wheel for Shooting Star (refer to pg. 46 for details) TW/CW Twinkle / Color Wheel (refer to pg. 44 for selection) TW/CD Twinkle / Color Wheel w/ Crushed Dichroics (refer to pg. 44 for selection) 2LCN Dual Line Cord for Continuous Wheel Control MC Marine Coating of interior surfaces *For DMX controls and other system accessories, please refer to the Accessories section of this binder.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

Halogen Illuminators

Fully dimmable halogen lamps Models for indoor and outdoor use Four different lamp wattages White light, continuous color and DMX models Quiet, compact units for display case use Economical units for residential applications

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators with halogen lamps provide a warm, dimmable light that turns on instantly and requires no re-strike delay. Because they allow a fiber optic application to be switched on and off like ordinary household lighting, halogen illuminators are the preferred illuminator for residential applications. They are perfect for downlights, star ceilings, display niches and task lighting. Halogen illuminators are also a great choice for a range of commercial and retail uses, such as display case applications and decorative accents. Visual Lighting Technologies offers halogen illuminators in four lamp strengths for a wide variety of applications. Bronze Series: This incredibly versatile line of illuminators has models using 75 watt or 100 watt Philips MR16 halogen lamps, with all models accepting RCP Harnessed fiber for optimal light output. The 75 watt Standard is a great general purpose unit with an exceptional quiet fan. This model can be supplied with a standard 28mm port or with a 9mm port that provides over 2x the light output. The 75 watt Wet features a rugged, lockable and vandal-resistant enclosure which also has 28mm and 9mm port options. The 75 watt Compact features a small size that is ideal for cabinets or display cases, and full range dimming from just one power cord. In addition, the 75 watt compact is supplied with a special adapter which can connect its 28mm port into a 9mm port. The 100 watt Compact provides up to 70% more light than the 75 watt 28mm port model, with the same small size and extremely quiet fan. Encore Series: This high-powered halogen illuminator utilizes an Ushio 250 watt lamp that makes this interior rated unit a great choice for large core fiber. Its balance of high light output and instant-on and off capabilities are perfectly suited for use in home theaters. All Encore Series illuminators utilize DIY (Do-It-Yourself) Harnessing, which can be done on-site or at the VLT factory. For glass fiber harnesses, VLT uses a proprietary harnessing technology, which must be completed at the VLT factory.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

Halogen Illuminators

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

BRONZE SERIES 75 Watt Standard

Cut Sheet #2133

Halogen Illuminator

9mm port provides over 2x the light output of 28mm port

Instant On No Re-strike Delay

Exceptionally quiet fan

Optional dual power cords for remote dimming

Port Options Available with 28mm port to hold up to 1000 – 0.75mm fibers at standard brightness, or with 9mm port to hold up to 140 – 0.75mm fibers at over 2x the brightness.

Roblon Type FL 75

Control Features Available in White Light and Continuous Color models. Optional dimming using multiple power cords. MOUNTING GUIDE

Continuous Color Wheel Includes 1 rpm motor for twinkle wheel or 8-part standard color wheel (Magenta, Yellow, Green, Orange, Light Blue, Red, Blue, Clear).

On Wall / Vertical

Lamp 75 watt Philips MR16 halogen with 4,000 hour lamp life; 100 CRI, 3000° K color temperature; instant on, no re-strike delay. Replacement Lamp Catalog #AC-LMP-75LGB-3K Electrical Magnetic transformer; 120v/60Hz; 6' detachable IEC power cord with integral fuse; 0.7 amps. continuous load at 120 volts; fusible cut-out thermal protection. Horizontal

Enclosure IP20 rating for dry or damp operating environment; steel housing with black painted finish; forced-air cooled; 18 dB(A) quiet fan; weight 3.8 kilograms (8.3 lbs.).

Fiber Capacity 28mm port: 1000 – 0.75mm; 9mm port: 140 – 0.75mm (over 2x brighter than 28mm); accepts stranded PMMA/glass or large core fiber. Harness 28mm, 9mm

AIRFLOW GUIDE

Mounting and Ventilation 10" all sides recommended clearance; -30°C min/+40°C max (-22°F min/104°F max) operating temperature. Listings UL, cUL Listed; CE marked.

Plea se refer to VLT L ux Calculato r for all Ph otom etrics a nd Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

120/60 3 D LGB75H –__________ –__________–__________ /__________–__________ –__________

Voltage

Illuminator 120/60

Roblon Bronze Series 75w Halogen

Enclosure

Color Temperature 3

Magnetic 110-120v / 60Hz

3,000° K

Dry/Damp Location

Port Size Wheel Options

28 28mm (1,000 - 0.75mm fibers) 9 9mm (140 - 0.75mm fibers)

Control Options

W White S Standard Colors T Standard Twinkle (28mm Port only)

W White N Continuous Wheel

Modifiers & Accessories M230 PC CW/E CW/C TW/B TW/SS TW/CW

Magnetic 230v / 50-60Hz Transformer Permanent Color Filter (refer to pg. 41 for selection) Extended Palette Color Wheel (refer to pg. 42 for selection) Custom Color Wheel (specify any color, may require long lead time; use form on pg. 42 to specify custom choices) Twinkle Wheel w/ Bars (28mm Port only, refer to pg. 46 for details) Twinkle Wheel for Shooting Star (refer to pg. 46 for details) Twinkle / Color Wheel (28mm Port only, refer to pg. 42 for selection)

TW/CD Twinkle / Color Wheel with Crushed Dichroics (28mm Port Only, refer to pg. 42 for selection) MS3 3.6rpm Continuous Wheel Motor MS5 5.0rpm Continuous Wheel Motor 2LCD Dual Line Cord for Remote Dimming 2LCN Dual Line Cord for Continuous Wheel Control 3LC Triple Line Cord for Remote Dimming and Continuous Wheel Control MB Mounting Bracket (refer to pg. 48 for details)

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

BRONZE SERIES 75 Watt Wet

Cut Sheet #2143

Halogen Illuminator

IP45 wet location rating

Rugged, vandal-resistant, lockable enclosure

Zero light leak

Port Options Available with 28mm port to hold up to 1000 – 0.75mm fibers at standard brightness, or with 9mm port to hold up to 140 – 0.75mm fibers at over 2x the brightness. 9mm port available in white light model only. Control Features Available in White Light, Continuous Color and DMX models. White light model

Available mounting bracket/planter stand

Roblon Type FL 75 XT-2

dimmable using single power cord; other models optionally dimmable using multiple power cords.

Continuous Color Wheel Includes 1 rpm motor for twinkle wheel or 6-part standard color wheel (Clear, Yellow, Red, Blue, Orange, Green) (custom available). DMX512 Single Wheel Fully rotating color or twinkle wheel with variable speed and direction control; two (2) channel operation with individual control of wheel and lamp strike; optional master/slave function for synchronizing multiple units from one master unit; DMX connection via screw terminals. DMX512 Dual Wheel Fully rotating color and douser wheels with independent speed and direction control; three (3) channel operation with individual control of color wheel, douser wheel and lamp strike; DMX connection via screw terminals. 6-position color wheel (Clear, Green, Orange, Blue, Red,Yellow) (custom available) 6-position douser wheel (Blackout, 6%, 12%, 25%, 50%, Clear) (custom available)

MOUNTING GUIDE On Wall / Vertical

IP45

Lamp 75 watt Philips MR16 halogen with 6,000 hour lamp life; 100 CRI, 3000°K color temperature; instant-on, no re-strike delay. Replacement Lamp Catalog #AC-LMP-75LGB-3K Electrical Electronic transformer; 120v/60Hz; 6' attached power cord without connector; 0.85 continuous load; manual-reset thermal protection.

Horizontal

Enclosure IP45 rating for outdoor operating environment; electro-galvanized steel housing with grey powder coat finish; forced-air cooled; 45 dB(A) fan; weight 8.5 kilograms (18.7 lbs.) Fiber Capacity 28mm port: 1000 – 0.75mm; 9mm port: 140 – 0.75mm; accepts stranded PMMA/glass or large core fiber. Harness 28mm, 9mm; lockable from inside enclosure.

AIRFLOW GUIDE

Mounting and Ventilation Vertical, on wall; horizontal on raised concrete slab; mounting stand optional; in-ground mounting optional (contact VLT); Air intake and/or exhaust can be attached to 3" duct for routing of ventilation up to 13' away from illuminator; 6" all sides recommended clearance; 0°C min/+40°C max (32°F min/104°F max) operating temperature. Listings UL, cUL Listed; CE marked. Plea se refer to VLT L ux Calculato r for all Ph otom etrics a nd Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

120/60 3 W LGB75H –__________ –__________–__________ /__________–__________ –__________

Voltage

Illuminator

120/60 Electronic 110-120v / 60Hz

Roblon Bronze Series 75w Halogen

Enclosure

Color Temperature 3

W Wet Location

3,000° K

Port Size

Wheel Options

28 28mm (1,000 - 0.75mm fibers) 9 9mm (140 - 0.75mm fibers, White Light only)

Control Options W N D1 D2

W S S2 T

White Standard Colors Standard Colors & Douser (D2 only) Standard Twinkle

White Continuous Wheel DMX Single Wheel DMX Dual Wheels

Modifiers & Accessories E230 PC CW/E CW/C TW/B TW/SS TW/CW TW/CD MS3

Electronic 230-240v / 50-60Hz Transformer Permanent Color Filter (refer to pg. 41 for selection) Extended Palette Color Wheel (refer to pg. 43 for selection) Custom Color Wheel (specify any color, may require long lead time; use form on pg. 43 to specify custom choices) Twinkle Wheel with Bars (refer to pg. 46 for details) Twinkle Wheel for Shooting Star (refer to pg. 46 for details) Twinkle / Color Wheel (refer to pg. 43 for selection) Twinkle / Color Wheel w/ Crushed Dichroics (refer to pg. 43 for selection) 3.6rpm Continuous Wheel Motor

MS5 5.0rpm Continuous Wheel Motor 2LCD Dual Line Cord for Remote Dimming 2LCN Dual Line Cord for Continuous Wheel Control 3LC Triple Line Cord for Remote Dimming and Continuous Wheel Control MB Mounting Bracket / Planter Stand (refer to pg. 48 for details) VRC Vandal Resistant Cover to protect fiber (refer to pg. 48 for details) KL Keyed Lock for Illuminator Door (refer to pg. 46 for details) *For DMX controls and other system accessories, please refer to the Accessories section of this binder.

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

BRONZE SERIES 75 Watt Compact

Cut Sheet #2153

Halogen Illuminator

Compact size ideal for display cases

9mm port provides over 2x the light output of 28mm port

Extremely quiet fan

Full range dimming from only one power cord

Port Options Available with 28mm port to hold up to 1000 – 0.75mm fibers at standard brightness, or with 9mm port to hold up to 140 – 0.75mm fibers at over 2x the brightness.

Roblon Type FL 2002

Control Features Available in White Light or with optional Permanent Color. Dimmable. Lamp 75 watt Philips MR16 halogen with 6,000 hour lamp life; 100 CRI, 3000° K color temperature; instant-on, no re-strike delay.

MOUNTING GUIDE On Wall / Vertical

Replacement Lamp Catalog #AC-LMP-75LGB-3K Electrical Electronic transformer; 120v/50-60Hz; 6' attached power cord with connector; 0.6 amps. continuous load at 120 volts; auto-reset thermal protection. Enclosure IP20 rating for dry or damp operating environment; anodized aluminum housing; forced-air cooled; 29 dB(A) quiet fan; weight 0.9 kilograms (2 lbs.). Fiber Capacity 28mm port: 1000 – 0.75mm; 9mm port: 140 – 0.75mm (over 2x brighter than 28mm); accepts stranded PMMA/glass or large core fiber.

Horizontal

Harness 28mm, 9mm Mounting and Ventilation 6" all sides recommended clearance; -20°C min/+40°C max (-4°F min/104°F max) operating temperature. AIRFLOW GUIDE

Listings UL, cUL Listed (portable cabinet light); CE marked.

Plea se refer to VLT L ux Calculato r for all Ph otom etrics a nd Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

3 W W D 120 LGB75CH –__________ –__________–__________ /__________ –__________ –__________

Voltage

Illuminator 120

Roblon Bronze Series 75w Compact Halogen

Enclosure

Color Temperature 3

Electronic 110-120v / 50-60Hz

3,000° K

Port Size

Dry/Damp Location

Wheel Options

28 28mm (1,000 - 0.75mm fibers) 9 9mm (140 - 0.75mm fibers)

W White

Control Options W White

Modifiers & Accessories E230 PC

Electronic 230v / 50-60Hz Transformer Permanent Color Filter (refer to pg. 41 for selection)

EHA

Exhaust Hose Adapter (refer to pg. 47 for details)

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

BRONZE SERIES 100 Watt Compact

Cut Sheet #2163

Halogen Illuminator

100 watt compact provides up to 70% more light output than 75 watt compact

Compact size ideal for display cases

Extremely quiet fan

Full range dimming from only one power cord Port Options Available with 28mm port to hold up to 1000 – 0.75mm fibers at standard brightness, or with 9mm port to hold up to 140 – 0.75mm fibers at over 2x the brightness. Roblon Type FL 2002 Control Features Available in White Light or with optional Permanent Color. Dimmable. Lamp 100 watt Philips MR16 halogen with 2,500 hour lamp life; 100 CRI, 3400° K color temperature; instant-on, no re-strike delay.

MOUNTING GUIDE On Wall / Vertical

Replacement Lamp Catalog #AC-LMP-100LGB-3K Electrical Electronic transformer; 120v, 50/60Hz; 6' attached power cord with connector; 0.9 amps. continuous load at 120 volts; auto-reset thermal protection. Enclosure IP20 rating for dry or damp operating environment; anodized aluminum housing; forced-air cooled; 29 dB(A) quiet fan; weight 0.9 kilograms (2 lbs.). Fiber Capacity 28mm Port: 1000 – 0.75mm; 9mm Port: 140 – 0.75mm (over 2x brighter than 28mm); accepts stranded PMMA/glass or large core fiber.

Horizontal

Harness 28mm Mounting and Ventilation 6" all sides recommended clearance; -20°C min/+40°C max (-4°F min/104°F max) operating temperature. Listings UL, cUL Listed (portable cabinet light); CE marked.

AIRFLOW GUIDE

Plea se refer to VLT L ux Calculato r for all Ph otom etrics a nd Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

3 W W D 120 LGB100CH –__________ –__________–__________ /__________ –__________ –__________

Voltage

Illuminator

120 Electronic 110-120v / 50-60Hz

Roblon Bronze Series 100w Compact Halogen

Enclosure

Color Temperature 3

3,400° K

Port Size

Dry/Damp Location

Wheel Options

28 28mm(1,000-0.75mm fibers) 9 9mm(140-0.75mm fibers)

W White

Control Options W White

Modifiers & Accessories E230 PC

Electronic 230v / 50-60Hz Transformer Permanent Color Filter (refer to pg. 41 for selection)

EHA

Exhaust Hose Adapter (refer to pg. 47 for details)

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

ENCORE SERIES 250 Watt

Cut Sheet #2173

Halogen Illuminator

For use with glass or large core fiber only

High performance 250 watt lamp

Optional dual power cords for remote dimming

Ideal for residential cove lighting Control Features Available in White Light, Continuous Color and DMX models. Optional dimming using multiple power cords. Continuous Color Wheel Includes 1 rpm motor for twinkle wheel or 8-part standard color wheel (Orange, Hot Pink, Teal Green, Yellow, Blue, Coral, White, Aqua). (Custom available.) DMX512 Single Wheel Fully rotating color or twinkle wheel with variable speed control; one (1) channel operation with control of wheel; DMX connection via 5-pin XLR connector. DMX512 Dual Wheel Fully rotating color and douser wheels with independent speed control;

MOUNTING GUIDE

two (2) channel operation with individual control of color and douser wheels; DMX connection via 5-pin XLR connector.

On Wall / Vertical

8-position color wheel (Orange, Hot Pink,Teal Green,Yellow, Blue, Coral,White, Aqua) (custom available) Continuous gradient douser wheel

Lamp 250 watt Ushio MR16 halogen; derated to 165 watts; 1,500 hour lamp life; 100 CRI, 3150°K color temperature. Replacement Lamp Catalog #AC-LMP-250LGE-3K Electrical magnetic transformer; available 120-240v - 50/60Hz; 6' detachable IEC power cord with integral fuse; 2.0 amps. continuous load, 2.7 amps. start-up load at 110 volts.

Horizontal

Enclosure NEMA I (IP20) rating for dry or damp operating environment; anodized aluminum housing; forced-air cooled; 40.2 dB(A); weight 4.1 kilograms (9.0 lbs.). Fiber Capacity accepts stranded glass or large core fiber. No PMMA fiber allowed. Harness 28mm AIRFLOW GUIDE

Mounting and Ventilation 12" all sides recommended clearance; -29°C min/+43°C max (-20°F min/110°F max) operating temperature.

Listings ETL (Based on UL standard 1598); CSA; CE marked.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Illuminators

LGE250H –

120/60 3 28 D __________ –__________ –__________ /__________–__________ –__________

Voltage

Illuminator 120/60

Lumenyte Encore Series 250w Halogen

Enclosure

Color Temperature 3

Magnetic 110-120v / 60Hz

3,150° K

Port Size

Dry/Damp Location

Wheel Options

28 28mm

Control Options W N D1 D2

White Continuous Wheel DMX Single Wheel DMX Dual Wheels

W S S2 T

White Standard Colors Standard Colors & Douser (D2 only) Standard Twinkle

Modifiers & Accessories M120/50 M240/60 M240/50 CW/E CW/C

Magnetic 120v / 50Hz Transformer Magnetic 240v / 60Hz Transformer Magnetic 240v / 50Hz Transformer Extended Palette Color Wheel (refer to pg. 44 for selection) Custom Color Wheel (specify any color, may require long lead time; use form on pg. 44 to specify custom choices) TW/B Twinkle Wheel with Bars (refer to pg. 46 for details) TW/SS Twinkle Wheel for Shooting Star (refer to pg. 46 for details) TW/CW Twinkle / Color Wheel (refer to pg. 44 for selection)

TW/CD Twinkle / Color Wheel w/ Crushed Dichroics (refer to pg. 44 for selection) 1LC Single Line Cord with Variable Dimmer Control on Illuminator Housing 2LCD Dual Line Cord for Remote Dimming 2LCN Dual Line Cord for Continuous Wheel Control 3LC Triple Line Cord for Remote Dimming and Continuous Wheel Control EHA Exhaust Hose Adapter (refer to pg. 47 for details) *For DMX controls and other system accessories, please refer to the Accessories section of this binder.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

Illuminator Accessories

Permanent color filters Custom color wheels Mounting and housing options Mounting and ventilation guidelines

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Cut Sheet #2213

Choose the color for your Permanent Color Filter from the Standard or Extended Palette Colors shown below. Check the appropriate box for your illuminator, then check the box next to your color selection. Please select one color only.

Illuminator Series

Standard Colors

q Platinum Series q Silver Series q Bronze Series

q Roblon Yellow

q Roblon Orange (R35900)

q Roblon Red

q Roblon Blue (Indigo)

q Roblon Green Neutral Density filters dim light output as indicated by the percentages shown (i.e. 12% N.D. allows 12% light output); Note: N.D. filters are not optically neutral and will have a minor effect on the light’s color quality.

q Copper Series q 6% N.D. q 12% N.D. q 25% N.D. Or Choose from the Extended Palette Colors Below

q 50% N.D.

q Lumenyte

Yellow

Green

Aqua

q Encore Metal Halide Series

q Encore Halogen Series

Blue

q Lumenyte Hot Pink

q Lumenyte Light Red

q Lumenyte Dark Orange

Or Choose from the Extended Palette Colors Below

q Maestro Series q Lumenyte

q Lumenyte q Lumenyte Amber Lime Green Blue Or Choose from the Extended Palette Colors Below

q Lumenyte Red

Extended Palette Colors

q Platinum Series q Silver Series

q Medium

Yellow (R31012)

Green (R35055)

q Lt. Blue Green (R31073)

q Medium Blue Green (R35700)

q Dark Blue Green (R35400)

q Light Blue (R43202)

q Medium Blue (R35100)

q Bronze Series q Copper Series q Encore Metal Halide Series

q Medium Purple (R31048)

q Encore Halogen Series q Maestro Series q Minus Green

q Blackout

q Dark Lavender (R34965)

q Dark Pink (R34630)

q Medium Pink (R34758)

4,200° to 3,600°

4,200° to 3,100°

4,200° to 2,700°

q 1/4 CTO

q 1/2 CTO

q 3/4 CTO

(R43408)

(R43411)

(R43409)

q Dark Red (R36500)

q Medium Red (R36100)

q Orange (R35900)

4,200° to 2,500°

q CTO (R43407)

CTO filters will adjust 4,200°K lamp color temperatures as indicated; results for other lamps will vary. Please see www.rosco.com for more information.

Note: Color samples shown are simulations of the colors available, not exact representations. In addition, actual color effect will vary according to the color temperature (°Kelvin) of the lamp used. Number references are from the Rosco Permacolor Dichroic Filter series.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

permanent color filters For Roblon and Lumenyte Illuminators

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Custom 8-Part Color Wheel For Roblon Bronze Series 75 watt Standard Illuminators

Cut Sheet #2223

CW/E - Color Wheel/Extended: Colors may be selected ONLY from the Standard and Extended Palette colors shown below. Colors shown are carried in stock and are available within the normal lead time. No Twinkle frames may be included. CW/C - Color Wheel/Custom: Select any color. Exact specifications can be made from the Rosco Permacolor Dichroic Filter series. For matches to color specifications from other sources, provide samples or reference numbers; results may vary. Choices may require additional lead time. TW/CW - Twinkle Wheel/Color Wheel: Select from colors shown below. Add a twinkling effect to individual color frames by checking the Twinkle box next to the appropriate frame. For Twinkle only, leave Color Choice blank. TW/CD - Twinkle Wheel/Crushed Dichroic: Dichroic filters are crushed and mixed on wheel at random. Make up to 8 selections from colors shown below. Add a twinkling effect to color frames by checking the Twinkle box next to the appropriate frame.

Standard and Extended Palette Colors

Color Wheel Type Check ONE ONLY: Clear

Lt. Blue Green (R31073)

Roblon Yellow

Medium Blue Green (R35700)

Medium Yellow (R31012)

Dark Blue Green (R35400)

Roblon Green

Light Blue (R43202)

Medium Green (R35055)

Medium Blue (R35100)

Roblon Blue (Indigo)

Medium Purple (R31048)

Dark Lavender (R34965)

CW/E q

3 5

Roblon Light Blue

CW/C q TW/CW q TW/CD q

Roblon Magenta

Please make a choice for each frame of your color wheel. (For Crushed Dichroic wheel, colors chosen will be mixed together) Dark Pink (R34630)

Roblon Orange (R35900)

Medium Pink (R34758)

Dark Red (R36500)

Medium Red (R36100)

Roblon Red

4,200° to 3,600°

4,200° to 3,100°

4,200° to 2,700°

4,200° to 2,500°

1/4 CTO (R43409)

1/2 CTO (R43408)

3/4 CTO (R43411)

CTO (R43407)

Frame

Color Choice

Twinkle

1 2 3 4

Blackout

Twinkle Frame

6% N.D.

12% N.D.

25% N.D.

50% N.D.

5 6 7 8

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

q q q q q q q q

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Cut Sheet #2233

CW/E - Color Wheel/Extended: Colors may be selected ONLY from the Standard and Extended Palette colors shown below. Colors shown are carried in stock and are available within the normal lead time. No Twinkle frames may be included. CW/C - Color Wheel/Custom: Select any color. Exact specifications can be made from the Rosco Permacolor Dichroic Filter series. For matches to color specifications from other sources, provide samples or reference numbers; results may vary. Choices may require additional lead time. TW/CW - Twinkle Wheel/Color Wheel: Select from colors shown below. Add a twinkling effect to individual color frames by checking the Twinkle box next to the appropriate frame. For Twinkle only, leave Color Choice blank. TW/CD - Twinkle Wheel/Crushed Dichroic: Dichroic filters are crushed and mixed on wheel at random. Make up to 6 selections from colors shown below. Add a twinkling effect to color frames by checking the Twinkle box next to the appropriate frame.

Standard and Extended Palette Colors

Color Wheel Type Check ONE ONLY: Clear

Roblon Yellow

Medium Yellow (R31012)

Roblon Green

Medium Green (R35055)

1 2

5 Lt. Blue Green (R31073)

Medium Blue Green (R35700)

Dark Blue Green (R35400)

Light Blue (R43202)

Medium Blue (R35100)

Medium Purple (R31048)

Dark Lavender (R34965)

Dark Pink (R34630)

CW/C q TW/CW q

4 Roblon Blue (Indigo)

CW/E q

TW/CD q

Medium Pink (R34758)

Please make a choice for each frame of your color wheel. (For Crushed Dichroic wheel, colors chosen will be mixed together) Dark Red (R36500)

Medium Red (R36100)

Roblon Red

Roblon Orange (R35900)

Twinkle Frame

Frame 1

Blackout

6% N.D.

12% N.D.

25% N.D.

4,200° to 3,600°

4,200° to 3,100°

4,200° to 2,700°

4,200° to 2,500°

1/4 CTO (R43409)

1/2 CTO (R43408)

3/4 CTO (R43411)

CTO (R43407)

50% N.D.

2 3 4 5 6

Color Choice

Twinkle

q q q q q q

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

Custom 6-Part Color Wheel For Roblon Platinum Series and Silver Series Illuminators, and the Bronze Series 75 watt Wet Illuminator

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Custom 8-Part Color Wheel For Lumenyte Encore Metal Halide and Encore Halogen Illuminators

Cut Sheet #2243

Standard and Extended Palette Colors

Color Wheel Type Check ONE ONLY: Lumenyte Yellow

Lt. Blue Green (R31073)

Medium Yellow (R31012)

Medium Blue Green (R35700)

Lumenyte Green

Dark Blue Green (R35400)

Medium Green (R35055)

Light Blue (R43202)

Lumenyte Aqua

Lumenyte Blue

Medium Purple (R31048)

Dark Lavender (R34965)

Dark Pink (R34630)

CW/E q

3 5

Medium Blue R35100

CW/C q TW/CW q TW/CD q

Lumenyte Hot Pink

Please make a choice for each frame of your color wheel. (For Crushed Dichroic wheel, colors chosen will be mixed together) Medium Pink (R34758)

Orange (R35900)

Dark Red (R36500)

Lumenyte Light Red

Medium Red (R36100)

Lumenyte Dark Orange

4,200° to 3,600°

4,200° to 3,100°

4,200° to 2,700°

4,200° to 2,500°

1/4 CTO (R43409)

1/2 CTO (R43408)

3/4 CTO (R43411)

CTO (R43407)

Frame

Color Choice

Twinkle

1 2 3 4

Blackout

Clear

Twinkle Wheel

5 6 7 8

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

q q q q q q q q

Illuminators

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Accessories

Cut Sheet #2263

Accessory: Twinkle Wheel with Bars Illuminator Type: All Twinkle Wheel Capable Illuminators Fiber Type: PMMA, Glass and Large Core

Catalog No.

Accessory: Twinkle Wheel for Shooting Stars Illuminator Type: All Twinkle Wheel Capable Illuminators Fiber Type: PMMA

Catalog No.

AC- TW/B

Description Twinkle Wheel with Bars for use in all twinkle wheel capable illuminators; best effect when used with non-randomized fiber harnesses; includes full open segment allowing twinkle wheel to be stopped with all fibers "turned on."

AC- TW/SS

Description Twinkle Wheel for Shooting Stars for use in all twinkle wheel capable illuminators; creates shooting star effect when used with Shooting Star LC and factory terminated coherent harness adapter.

Accessory: Keyed Lock Illuminator Type: Silver Series 150 watt Metal Halide (Wet) Bronze Series 75 watt Halogen (Wet)

Catalog No. AC-LGS150-WAC-LGB75H-WDescription

Keyed Lock upgrade to Silver Series 150 watt Metal Halide or Bronze Series 75 watt Halogen wet location illuminators; secures illuminator door.

Accessory: Wet Location Enclosure Illuminator Type: Platinum Series 250 watt Metal Halide Orientation: Horizontal, Feet Down Primary Material: Stainless Steel or Aluminum

Catalog No.

AC-LGP250-

Description

WLE/SS WLE/AL

Wet Location Enclosure for use with Platinum Series 250 watt Metal Halide illuminators; IP44 rating; available in stainless steel or powder coated aluminum.

Materials: Stainless Steel (SS), Powder Coated Aluminum (AL)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Accessory: Light Shield Illuminator Type: Silver Series 150 watt Compact Metal Halide Dimensions: 171.5mm x 110.1mm x 27.0mm 6.75" x 4.33" x 1.06" Primary Material: Aluminum

Accessory: Exhaust Hose Adapter Illuminator Type: Silver Series 150 watt Compact Metal Halide Primary Material: Nylon

Catalog No.

AC-LGS150C-

Description Light Shield for use with Silver Series 150 watt Compact Metal Halide illuminators; reduces light leak from illuminator port; includes a coarse dust filter and mounting screws.

Catalog No.

AC-LGS150C-

EHA

Description Exhaust Hose Adapter for use with Silver Series 150 watt Compact Metal Halide illuminators; allows connection of 4" I.D. exhaust duct to illuminator's exhaust port.

Accessory: Exhaust Hose Adapter Illuminator Type: Encore Series (Dry/Damp) Primary Material: Nylon

Catalog No.

EHA AC-LGE150-DAC-LGE100-D-

Description Exhaust Hose Adapter for use with all dry/damp location Encore Series illuminators; allows connection of 4" I.D. exhaust duct to illuminator's exhaust port.

Accessory: Exhaust Hose Adapter Illuminator Type: Bronze Series Compact Halogen Primary Material: Nylon

Catalog No.

EHA AC-LGB75CHAC-LGB100CH-

Description Exhaust Hose Adapter for use with Bronze Series compact halogen illuminators; allows connection of 2.5" I.D. exhaust duct to illuminator's exhaust port.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

Accessories

Cut Sheet #2263

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Accessories

Cut Sheet #2263 Catalog No.

Accessory: Mounting Bracket Illuminator Type: Bronze Series 75 watt Halogen (Dry/Damp) Primary Material: Steel

Accessory: Mounting Bracket / Planter Stand Illuminator Type: Silver Series 150 watt Metal Halide (Wet) Bronze Series 75 watt Halogen (Wet) Dimensions: 945.0mm x 255.0mm 37.20" x 10.04" Primary Material: Galvanized Steel

Accessory: Vandal Resistant Cover Illuminator Type: Silver Series 150 watt Metal Halide (Wet) Bronze Series 75 watt Halogen (Wet) Primary Material: CRS, Powder Coated

AC-LGB75H-D-

Description Mounting Brackets (set of 2) for use with Bronze Series 75 watt Halogen dry/damp location illuminators.

Catalog No. AC-LGS150-WAC-LGB75H-WDescription

Mounting Bracket / Planter Stand for use with Silver Series 150 watt Metal Halide or Bronze Series 75 watt Halogen wet location illuminators; freestanding.

VRC

Catalog No. AC-LGS150-WAC-LGB75H-W-

Description Vandal Resistant Cover for use with Silver Series 150 watt Metal Halide or Bronze Series 75 watt Halogen wet location illuminators; protects fiber and harness from tampering.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Mounting & Ventilation

FRONT-TO-BACK VENTING ILLUMINATORS

exhaust Must Not enter intake of other illuminators

minimum spacing and mounting orientation

SIDE-TO-SIDE VENTING ILLUMINATORS

exhaust Must Not enter intake of other illuminators

minimum spacing and mounting orientation

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

Cut Sheet #2273

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Mounting & Ventilation

Cut Sheet #2273

* Donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t Mount on Combustible Material

DO NOT STACK ILLUMINATORS

DO NOT MOUNT TOO CLOSE TO WALLS

PLACE ILLUMINATORS ON SHELVES

MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM WALLS smaller illuminators may require less distance

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Mounting & Ventilation

NON-VENTED MINIMUM REQUIRED AIR VOLUME

FULLY VENTED BURIAL VAULT

smaller illuminators may require less air volume

30" x 18" x 12" (3.75 sq. ft. minimum)

DO NOT MOUNT IN AN INSULATED SPACE

EXHAUST VENTED BURIAL VAULT 30" x 24" x 18" (7.5 sq. ft. minimum)

MOUNT IN AN UNINSULATED SPACE

NON-VENTED BURIAL VAULT

heat must transmit through the walls

36" x 36" x 36" (27 sq. ft. minimum)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

Cut Sheet #2273

Illuminators

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Mounting & ventilation Silver Series 150 Watt Compact

DO NOT STACK ILLUMINATORS

Cut Sheet #2283

AIR FLOW AND MOUNTING CLEARANCE

DISPLAY CASE DETAIL

thermal rise in medium sized compartment

forced ventilation in small compartment

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I L L U M I N A T O R S

Descriptions & Requirements

Cut Sheet #2293

Requires 1 constant or switched power outlet. Dimming control knob is on illuminator housing.

Requires 1 constant or switched power outlet for fan. Requires 1 switched power outlet for color wheel control.

Requires 1 constant or switched power outlet for fan. Requires 1 dimmed power outlet for lamp control.

GENERAL NOTES: -2LCD, -3LC, -3LCD â&#x20AC;&#x201D; if switched outlet is used for fan, logic must be added to system to ensure fan is always turned on whenever lamp is in use.

Requires 1 constant or switched power outlet for fan. Requires 1 switched outlet for color wheel control. Requires 1 dimmed power outlet for lamp control

Requires 1 constant or switched power outlet for fan. Requires 1 dimmed power outlet for lamp #1 control. Requires 1 dimmed power outlet for lamp #2 control.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Illuminators

Multiple Power Cords

MegoFlex EL

LumeFlex EL

MegoFlex GL

Mego-Flex SL

Galaxy Series

Ribbon Series

Sparkle Series











 

  

    



• RCP harness for increased light output • Megolon jacket • 9 fiber sizes available • Economical end lit fiber • PVC Jacket • Can be field-harnessed



• Superior color temp vs PMMA • Can withstand high heat • Must be factory harnessed



• RCP harness for increased light output • Uniform light output • Extreme flexibility



• Multiple sizes of fiber in one jacket • Easy starfield installations • Realistic starry-sky effect

 

Features

DIY

RCP



   

Harnessing

None

PVC

Jacket

Megolon

Submersible

Exterior

Interior

Decorative

Side Light

Fiber Series

Extreme Heat

Environment

(Over100˚ Celsius)

Purpose

End Light

F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

Stranded fiber Selection Guide



• Decorative woven fiber • Dramatic color-changing effects • Expands from 30mm to 100mm • Can be made into chandeliers or curtains • Unique sparkling effect • Must be factory harnessed

A complete Roblon fiber optic system features RCP harnessing, a proprietary technology that maximizes fiber optic light output. With RCP harnessing, Visual Lighting Technologies provides a 5-year warranty against fiber melting and a guarantee that your system’s light output will meet or exceed the output predicted by the VLT Lux Calculator. Look for the RCP symbol for fibers that can be RCP harnessed. Max Tails - Each illuminator* accepts both 9mm and 28mm harness components. For the number of fibers that can be harnessed into a 9mm or 28mm harness, please see "MaxTails" information on each fiber Cut Sheet. *Except 9mm Halogen Illuminator

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

Fiber: Stranded PMMA & Glass

iber - whether PMMA plastic or glass — is the "magic" element of a fiber optic system, guiding light from the illuminator to the place of illumination. Visual Lighting Technologies offers a broad selection of optic fibers, including PMMA side light and end light fibers, glass end light fibers, and the decorative Ribbon, Sparkle and Starfield Series fibers. In addition, many of our fibers offer the option of RCP harnessing — a process that guarantees uniform light output that will meet or exceed the levels predicted by our VLT Lux Calculator. The right fiber for your project depends on a number of factors, including the fixtures you’ll be using (if any) and the light levels desired. The Stranded Fiber Selection Guide, opposite, provides a quick breakdown of fiber characteristics to help you find the best product for your application.

The Application Guides included in this section will help you understand the basic design and installation considerations you’ll encounter when planning two typical stranded fiber projects.

More Cut Sheets Whenever You Need Them Additional Cut Sheets are just a mouse click away with our website-integrated catalog. On the following pages, you’ll find a four-digit number at the top of each fiber Cut Sheet. Type that number into the designated box on the Visual Lighting Technologies website homepage (www.visual-lighting.com) and you’ll be linked directly to the desired Cut Sheet in a format that you can print out, copy and fax.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

MegoFlex EL F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

PMMA End Light Fiber

Black Megolon S530 halogen-free self-extinguishing jacket Indoor/outdoor use; water submersible 60째 acceptance angle and beam spread Lux Calculator can be used when RCP harnessed Jacket will not outgas in sealed environment Nine sizes available

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

megoflex el Cut Sheet #3013

PMMA End Light Fiber Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

0.75mm 1 0.75mm 2.0mm (0.079") 6.0mm (0.236") Megolon S530 1g (0.35 oz.) to -70°C ( -94°F)

Catalog No.

Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

1.0mm 1 1.0mm 2.2mm (0.087") 8.0mm (0.315") Megolon S530 1g (0.35 oz.) to -70°C ( -94°F)

Catalog No.

Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

1.5mm 3 0.75mm 2.7mm (0.106") 12.0mm (0.475") Megolon S530 1.82g (0.064 oz.) to -70°C ( -94°F)

Catalog No.

Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

2.0mm 7 0.75mm 3.9mm (0.154") 16.0 (0.630") Megolon S530 3.96g (0.139 oz.) to -70°C ( -94°F)

Catalog No.

F- M F- EL- P M- 0 . 7 5

Description

Max Tails 9mm: 140 Max Tails 28mm: 1000

F-M F- EL- P M- 1

Description 1mm MegoFlex EL (Roblon) PMMA end light fiber with 1.0mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 1 - 1.0mm fiber; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 74 Max Tails 28mm: 572

F- M F- E L- PM - 1. 5

Description 1.5mm MegoFlex EL (Roblon) PMMA end light fiber with 1.5mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 3 - 0.75mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 46 Max Tails 28mm: 333

F- MF- E L-P M -2

Description 2mm MegoFlex EL (Roblon) PMMA end light fiber with 2.0mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 7 - 0.75mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 20 Max Tails 28mm: 142

P l e a s e r e f e r t o V LT L u x C a l c u l a t o r f o r a l l P h o t o m e t r i c s a n d B e a m A n g l e s tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

0.75mm MegoFlex EL (Roblon) PMMA end light fiber with 0.75mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 1 - 0.75mm fiber; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

MegoFlex EL

F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

PMMA End Light Fiber

Cut Sheet #3013

Active Diameter: 3.0mm # of Fibers: 14 Size of Fibers: 0.75mm Outer Diameter: 4.9mm (0.193") Bend Radius: 24.0 (0.950") Jacket Type: Megolon S530 Weight Per Foot: 6.70g (0.236 oz.) Operating Temp.: to -70°C ( -40°F)

Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

4.5mm 27 0.75mm 6.4mm (0.252") 36.0mm (1.42") Megolon S530 10.36g (0.365 oz.) to -70°C ( -40°F)

Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

6.0mm 50 0.75mm 8.9mm (0.350") 48.0mm (1.90") Megolon S530 23.17g (0.82 oz.) to -70°C ( -40°F)

Catalog No.

F-M F- EL- P M- 3

Description 3mm MegoFlex EL (Roblon) PMMA end light fiber with 3.0mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 14 - 0.75mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 10 Max Tails 28mm: 71

Catalog No.

F-M F-E L- P M- 4 . 5

Description 4.5mm MegoFlex EL (Roblon) PMMA end light fiber with 4.5mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 27 - 0.75mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 5 Max Tails 28mm: 37

Catalog No.

F-M F- EL- P M- 6

Description 6mm MegoFlex EL (Roblon) PMMA end light fiber with 6.0mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 50 - 0.75mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 2 Max Tails 28mm: 20

Plea se refer to VLT L ux Calculato r for all Ph otom etrics a nd Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

MegoFlex EL Cut Sheet #3013

PMMA End Light Fiber Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

7.5mm 75 0.75mm 10.0mm (0.394") 60mm (2.36") Megolon S530 25.91g (0.91 oz.) to -70째C ( -40째F)

Catalog No.

Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

9.7mm 71 1.0mm 12.0mm (0.472" ) 75mm (2.953") Megolon S530 34.45g (1.215 oz.) to -70째C ( -40째F)

Catalog No.

F-M F- EL- P M- 8

Description

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 13

F-M F- EL- P M- 10

Description 10mm MegoFlex EL (Roblon) PMMA end light fiber with 9.7mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 71 - 1.0mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 8

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

8mm MegoFlex EL (Roblon) PMMA end light fiber with 7.5mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 75 - 0.75mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

MegoFlex EL Cut Sheet #3013

F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

PMMA End Light Fiber

MEGOFLEX EL APPLICATION NOTES 1. The recommended maximum length for an end-lit application is 50'. Longer fiber runs are possible, but shorter fiber runs are desirable. (Refer to Figure 1.) Contact VLT or use the VLT Lux Calculator to determine photometric output for most end-lit systems. 2. To ensure that all fixtures will have identical light output, use all same length fiber runs. Alternatively, a 3:2 ratio (longest run is no more than 50% longer than the shortest run) produces generally acceptable light variance. (Refer to Figure 2.) 3. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 4. Fiber exiting the illuminator must remain straight for a minimum of 12" to avoid significantly reduced light transmission. (Refer to Figure 3.) 5. Straight, uninterrupted fiber runs are best for optimum light output. The minimum bending radius for each fiber is shown in the individual product details, but larger bends are recommended if the application permits.

6. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements, which may include routing of all fibers through metal conduit. 7. When using conduit to route fiber runs between the illuminator and fixtures, conduit must be large enough to allow the fiber (and ferrule, where applicable) to move freely. Electrical sweeps or bends of 8" â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 12" minimum radius must be used at all turns. No hard 90Â° angles may be used. 8. When planning your application, include enough illuminators to accommodate all desired fiber tails. Refer to the "Max Tails" listing in the individual product details. 9. For maximum light output and uniformity, we recommend RCP Harnessing for all end-lit applications. RCP Harnessing includes randomizing of the fibers in the harness adapter to produce uniform light output from all fibers. See harnessing information in the catalog for further details. 10.When using fiber optic fixtures, a termination ferrule is required to attach the fiber to the fixture. Refer to each fixtureâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s individual product details to determine the appropriate ferrule.

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

MegoFlex EL Cut Sheet #3013

PMMA End Light Fiber

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

LumeFlex El F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

PMMA End Light Fiber

Black PVC jacket Indoor/outdoor use; water submersible UV inhibitors Five sizes available

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

lumeflex el Cut Sheet #3023

PMMA End Light Fiber 2.6mm 12 0.75mm 4.75mm (0.188") 19mm (0.75") PVC 5g (0.1 oz.) -55° C to 70° C

Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

4.3mm 24 0.75mm 6.72mm (0.265") 27mm (1.06") PVC 8.63g (0.304 oz.) -55° C to 70° C

Active Diameter: 5.8mm # of Fibers: 48 Size of Fibers: 0.75mm Outer Diameter: 7.62mm (0.300") Bend Radius: 31mm (1.22") Jacket Type: PVC Weight Per Foot: 15.88g (0.56 oz.) Operating Temp.: -55° C to 70° C

Catalog No.

F-L F- E L-P M -3

Description 3mm LumeFlex EL PMMA end light fiber with 2.6mm active diameter and a black PVC jacket; includes 12 0.75mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 11 Max Tails 28mm: 83

Catalog No.

F- L F- E L- PM - 4 . 5

Description 4.5mm LumeFlex EL PMMA end light fiber with 4.3mm active diameter and a black PVC jacket; includes 24 - 0.75mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 5 Max Tails 28mm: 41

Catalog No.

F- L F- E L- PM - 6

Description 6mm LumeFlex EL PMMA end light fiber with 5.8mm active diameter and a black PVC jacket; includes 48 - 0.75mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 2 Max Tails 28mm: 20

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

LumeFlex EL Cut Sheet #3023

F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

PMMA End Light Fiber Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

7.3mm 72 0.75mm 9.39mm (0.370") 38mm (1.50") PVC 18.13g (0.639 oz.) -55° C to 70° C

Catalog No.

Active Diameter: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

8.3mm 96 0.75mm 10.79mm (0.425") 43mm (1.69") PVC 24.75g (0.873 oz.) -55° C to 70° C

Catalog No.

F-L F- E L-P M -8

Description 8mm LumeFlex EL PMMA end light fiber with 7.3mm active diameter and a black PVC jacket; includes 72 0.75mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 13

F- L F- EL- P M- 9

Description 9mm LumeFlex EL PMMA end light fiber with 8.3mm active diameter and a black PVC jacket; includes 96 - 0.75mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 10

LUMEFLEX EL APPLICATION NOTES 1. The recommended maximum length for an end-lit application is 50'. Longer fiber runs are possible, but shorter fiber runs are desirable. (Refer to Figure 1.) Contact VLT or use the VLT Lux Calculator to determine photometric output for most end-lit systems. 2. To ensure that all fixtures will have identical light output, use all same length fiber runs. Alternatively, a 3:2 ratio (longest run is no more than 50% longer than the shortest run) produces generally acceptable light variance. (Refer to Figure 2.) 3. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 4. Fiber exiting the illuminator must remain straight for a minimum of 12" to avoid significantly reduced light transmission. (Refer to Figure 3.) 5. Straight, uninterrupted fiber runs are best for optimum light output. The minimum bending radius for each fiber is shown in the individual product details, but larger bends are recommended if the application permits.

6. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements, which may include routing of all fibers through metal conduit. 7. When using conduit to route fiber runs between the illuminator and fixtures, conduit must be large enough to allow the fiber (and ferrule, where applicable) to move freely. Electrical sweeps or bends of 8" – 12" minimum radius must be used at all turns. No hard 90° angles may be used. 8. When planning your application, include enough illuminators to accommodate all desired fiber tails. Refer to the "Max Tails" listing in the individual product details. 9. For maximum light output and uniformity, we recommend that your harness be terminated in the VLT factory for all end-lit applications. Factory termination includes randomizing of the fibers in the harness adapter to produce uniform light output from all fibers. 10.When using fiber optic fixtures, a termination ferrule is required to attach the fiber to the fixture. Refer to each fixture’s individual product details to determine the appropriate ferrule.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

LumeFlex EL Cut Sheet #3023

PMMA End Light Fiber

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

MegoFlex GL Glass End Light Fiber

Black Megolon S530 halogen-free self extinguishing jacket Indoor/outdoor use Great for narrow beam diameters Maintains color temperature over long runs Lux Calculator can be used when RCP harnessed 50-year life span

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

mEGOFLEX GL Cut Sheet #3033

Glass End Light Fiber

Active Diameter: Active Area: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

1.4mm 1.5mm 800 50 µm 2.7mm (0.106") 8.0mm (0.315") Megolon S530 1.2g (0.04 oz.) -20°C to +80°C

Active Diameter: Active Area: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

2.0mm 3.0mm 1,400 50 µm 3.85mm (0.152") 15mm (0.591") Megolon S530 2.74g (0.096 oz.) -20°C to +80°C

F-M F- EL- G L- 1

Catalog No.

Description 1mm MegoFlex GL (Roblon) glass end light fiber with 1.0mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 400 - 50µm fibers; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 79 Max Tails 28mm: 617

Catalog No.

F- M F- E L- G L-1. 5

Description 1.5mm MegoFlex GL (Roblon) glass end light fiber with 1.4mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 800 - 50µm fibers; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 39 Max Tails 28mm: 308

Catalog No.

F-M F- EL- G L- 2

Description 2mm MegoFlex GL (Roblon) glass end light fiber with 2.0mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 1,400 - 50µm fibers; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 22 Max Tails 28mm: 176

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

Active Diameter: 1.0mm Active Area: 0.75mm # of Fibers: 400 Size of Fibers: 50 µm Outer Diameter: 2.2mm (0.087") Bend Radius: 5.0mm (0.197") Jacket Type: Megolon S530 Weight Per Foot: 0.6g (0.02 oz.) Operating Temp.: -20°C to +80°C

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

MegoFlex GL Cut Sheet #3033

F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

Glass End Light Fiber

Active Diameter: Active Area: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

3.0mm 8.0mm 3,000 50 µm 4.85mm (0.191") 20mm (0.787") Megolon S530 10.67g (0.376 oz.) -20°C to +80°C

Active Diameter: Active Area: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

4.0mm 14.0mm 4,500 50 µm 6.35mm (0.250") 25mm (0.984") Megolon S530 18g (0.63 oz.) -20°C to +80°C

Active Diameter: Active Area: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

4.5mm 18.0mm 6,600 50 µm 6.35mm (0.250") 30mm (1.18") Megolon S530 19g (0.67 oz.) -20°C to +80°C

Catalog No.

F-M F- EL- G L- 3

Description 3mm MegoFlex GL (Roblon) glass end light fiber with 3.0mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 3,000 - 50µm fibers; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 10 Max Tails 28mm: 82

Catalog No.

F-M F- EL- G L- 4

Description 4mm MegoFlex GL (Roblon) glass end light fiber with 4.0mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 4,500 - 50µm fibers; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 5 Max Tails 28mm: 45

Catalog No.

F- MF- E L- G L- 4 . 5

Description 4.5mm MegoFlex GL (Roblon) glass end light fiber with 4.5mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 6,600 - 50µm fibers; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 4 Max Tails 28mm: 37

Plea se refer to VLT L ux Calculato r for all Ph otom etrics a nd Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

MegoFlex GL Cut Sheet #3033

Glass End Light Fiber

Active Diameter: Active Area: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

5.8mm 24.0mm 11,000 50 µm 8.7mm (0.343") 50mm (1.969") Megolon S530 36.28g (1.279 oz.) -20°C to +80°C

Catalog No.

Active Diameter: Active Area: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

7.3mm 36.0mm 16,500 50 µm 10.1mm (0.398") 60mm (2.362") Megolon S530 47.5g (1.6 oz.) -20°C to +80°C

Catalog No.

F-M F- EL- G L- 6

Description

Max Tails 9mm: 2 Max Tails 28mm: 22

F-M F- EL- G L- 8

Description 7.3mm MegoFlex GL (Roblon) glass end light fiber with 7.3mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 16,500 - 50µm fibers; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 14

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

6mm MegoFlex GL (Roblon) glass end light fiber with 5.8mm active diameter and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes 11,000 - 50µm fibers; for indoor and outdoor use.

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

MegoFlex GL Cut Sheet #3033

F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

Glass End Light Fiber

MEGOFLEX GL APPLICATION NOTES 1. Glass fiber must be factory terminated using RCP harnessing, which includes randomizing of the fibers in the harness adapter to produce uniform light output from all fibers. See harnessing information in the catalog for further details. 2. The recommended maximum length for an end-lit application is 50'. Longer fiber runs are possible, but shorter fiber runs are desirable. (Refer to Figure 1.) Contact VLT or use the VLT Lux Calculator to determine photometric output for most end-lit systems. 3. To ensure that all fixtures will have identical light output, use all same length fiber runs. Alternatively, a 3:2 ratio (longest run is no more than 50% longer than the shortest run) produces generally acceptable light variance. (Refer to Figure 2.) 4. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 5. Fiber exiting the illuminator must remain straight for a minimum of 12" to avoid significantly reduced light transmission. (Refer to Figure 3.)

6. Straight, uninterrupted fiber runs are best for optimum light output. The minimum bending radius for each fiber is shown in the individual product details, but larger bends are recommended if the application permits. 7. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements, which may include routing of all fibers through metal conduit. 8. When using conduit to route fiber runs between the illuminator and fixtures, conduit must be large enough to allow the fiber (and ferrule, where applicable) to move freely. Electrical sweeps or bends of 8" â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 12" minimum radius must be used at all turns. No hard 90Â° angles may be used. 9. When planning your application, include enough illuminators to accommodate all desired fiber tails. Refer to the "Max Tails" listing in the individual product details. 10.Glass fiber must end in a termination ferrule. When using glass fiber with a fixture, refer to each fixtureâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s individual product details to determine the appropriate ferrule. When using glass fiber without a fixture, refer to the Accessories section to choose a ferrule.

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

MegoFlex GL Cut Sheet #3033

Glass End Light Fiber

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

MegoFlex SL PMMA Side Light Fiber

Clear PVC jacket Indoor/outdoor use; water submersible Algae/fungi resistant UV-rated to ASTM G 53 Patented stranding technique provides uniform light output Four sizes available

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

MegoFlex SL Cut Sheet #3043

PMMA Side Light Fiber 12 0.75mm 4.5mm (0.177") 60mm (2.36") Clear PVC 4.57g (0.161 oz.) to -70°C ( -40°F)

Catalog No.

F-M F- S L- P M- 5

Description 5mm MegoFlex SL (Roblon SR) PMMA side light fiber with 4.5mm outer diameter and a clear, UV-stabilized PVC jacket; includes 12 - 0.75mm fibers wound using a patented process to provide uniform light output; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 11 Max Tails 28mm: 83

# of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

49 0.75mm 8.0mm (0.315") 90mm (3.54") Clear PVC 13.71g (0.489 oz.) to -70°C ( -40°F)

Catalog No.

F-M F-S L- P M -8

Description 8mm MegoFlex SL (Roblon SR) PMMA side light fiber with 8.0mm outer diameter and a clear, UV-stabilized PVC jacket; includes 49 - 0.75mm fibers wound using a patented process to provide uniform light output; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 2 Max Tails 28mm: 20

# of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

84 0.75mm 11.0mm (0.433") 120mm (4.72") Clear PVC 23.17g (0.817 oz.) to -70°C ( -40°F)

Catalog No.

# of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

144 0.75mm 14.0mm (0.551") 150mm (5.91") Clear PVC 42.98g (1.516 oz.) to -70°C ( -40°F)

Catalog No.

F- MF- S L-P M -11

Description 11mm MegoFlex SL (Roblon SR) PMMA side light fiber with 11.0mm outer diameter and a clear, UV-stabilized PVC jacket; includes 84 - 0.75mm fibers wound using a patented process to provide uniform light output; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 11

F- M F- S L- PM - 14

Description 14mm MegoFlex SL (Roblon SR) PMMA side light fiber with 14.0mm outer diameter and a clear, UV-stabilized PVC jacket; includes 144 - 0.75mm fibers wound using a patented process to provide uniform light output; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 6

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

# of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

MegoFlex SL Cut Sheet #3043

F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

PMMA Side Light Fiber

MEGOFLEX SL APPLICATION NOTES 1. The recommended maximum length for a side light application is dependent on illuminator type and configuration. Double-ended and looped configurations (refer to Figure 1) can have much longer fiber lengths than single-ended configurations (refer to Figure 2.) 2. Multiple double-ended lengths of fiber can be "daisy-chained" together to create longer effects. (Refer to Figure 3.) In a daisychain configuration, illuminators should be spaced evenly along the total length to ensure uniform light output across the entire line. 3. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per illuminated end of fiber. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 4. Straight, uninterrupted fiber runs are best for optimum light output. The minimum bending radius for each fiber is shown in the individual product details, but larger bends are recommended if the application permits.

5. Side light fiber is most effective in environments with low ambient light levels. 6. For straight line designs, the use of side-by-side mounting track is strongly advised. P-clips are not recommended for straight lines as natural curves and waviness will result without the rigidity provided by the track. 7. When planning your application, include enough illuminators to accommodate all desired fiber tails. To increase the total light output, use no more than 50% of the "Max Tails" capacity listed in the individual product details. 8. Fiber exiting the illuminator must remain straight for a minimum of 12" to avoid significantly reduced light transmission. (Refer to Figure 4.) 9. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements, which may include routing of all fibers through metal conduit. 10. When using conduit to route fiber runs between the illuminator and visible application, conduit must be large enough to allow the fiber (and end seal, where applicable) to move freely. Electrical sweeps or bends of 8" â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 12" minimum radius must be used at all turns. No hard 90Â° angles may be used.

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

MegoFlex SL Cut Sheet #3043

PMMA Side Light Fiber

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

Galaxy Series PMMA Starfield Fiber

Fiber bundles contain three fiber sizes for realistic starry-sky effect Indoor/outdoor use; water submersible PMMA fiber Black Megolon S530 or Black PVC jacket Pre-bundled fibers for ease of installation

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

MegoFlex SF Cut Sheet #3063

PMMA Starfield Fiber F-M F- S F- P M- 5 0

Catalog No. Description

Galaxy Series MegoFlex SF (Roblon Starfield 50) PMMA satrfield fiber with 50 star fibers and a black megolon S530 jacket; includes combination of 17-0.50mm fibers, 25-0.75mm fiber, and 8-1.0mm fibers; covers 4'x4' area with 3 stars per square foot, for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 2 Max Tails 28mm: 20

LumeFlex SF PMMA Starfield Fiber # of Fibers: 33 Size of Fibers: 20 each - 0.50mm 10 each - 0.75mm 3 each - 1.0mm Outer Diameter: 6.0mm (0.236") Bend Radius: 24.0mm (0.945") Jacket Type: PVC Weight Per Foot: 8.63g (0.304 oz.) Operating Temp.: -55°C to 70°C

Catalog No.

F-L F- S F-P M -3 3

Description Galaxy Series LumeFlex SF PMMA starfield fiber with 33 star fibers and a black PVC jacket; includes combination of 20 - 0.50mm fibers, 10 - 0.75mm fiber, and 3 - 1.0mm fibers; covers 4'x4' area with 2 stars per square foot, for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 5 Max Tails 28mm: 41

STARFIELD FIBER APPLICATION NOTES 1. The recommended maximum length for a starfield application is 50'. Longer fiber runs are possible, but shorter fiber runs are desirable. 2. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 3. Fiber exiting the illuminator must remain straight for a minimum of 12" to avoid significantly reduced light transmission. 4. The minimum bending radius for each fiber is shown in the individual product details, but larger bends are recommended if the application permits. The minimum bend radius for the individual raw fibers is 1/4".

5. When using conduit to route fiber runs between the illuminator and fixtures, conduit must be large enough to allow the fiber to move freely. Electrical sweeps or bends of 8" – 12" minimum radius must be used at all turns. No hard 90° angles may be used. 6. When planning your application, include enough illuminators to accommodate all desired fiber tails. Refer to the "Max Tails" listing in the individual product details. 7. Refer to the Star Ceiling Application Guide on pg. 222 for more design and installation considerations. 8. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements, which may include routing of all fibers through metal conduit.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

# of Fibers: 50 Size of Fibers: 17 each - 0.50mm 25 each - 0.75mm 8 each - 1.0mm Outer Diameter: 8.7mm (0.343") Bend Radius: 48.0mm (1.90") Jacket Type: Megolon S530 Weight Per Foot: 21.64g (0.763 oz.) Operating Temp.: to -70°C ( -40°F)

Ribbon Series F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

Woven PMMA Side Light Fiber

Unique woven fiber ribbon Indoor/outdoor use; water submersible Ribbon width expands from 30mm to 100mm Lengths up to 30 meters Can be fitted to the contours of any shape Stunning color-changing effects

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

Ribbon Series Cut Sheet #3073

Woven PMMA Side Light Fiber 30mm - 100mm 33 1.0mm 50mm (1.969") No jacket 10g (0.3 oz.) -30째C to +80째C

Catalog No.

F-RB-SL-PM-33

Description Ribbon Series woven PMMA side light fiber with expandable width from 30mm to 100mm; includes 33 1.0mm fibers; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 2 Max Tails 28mm: 16

RIBBON FIBER APPLICATION NOTES 1. The recommended maximum length for a side light application is dependent on illuminator type and configuration. Double-ended and looped configurations (refer to Figure 1) can have much longer fiber lengths than single-ended configurations (refer to Figure 2.) 2. Multiple double-ended lengths of fiber can be "daisy-chained" together to create longer effects. In a daisy-chain configuration, illuminators should be spaced evenly along the total length to ensure uniform light output across the entire line. 3. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per illuminated end of fiber. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 4. Ribbon fiber is most effective in environments with low ambient light levels.

5. When planning your application, include enough illuminators to accommodate all desired fiber tails. To increase the total light output, use no more than 50% of the "Max Tails" capacity listed in the individual product details. 6. Fiber exiting the illuminator must remain straight for a minimum of 12" to avoid significantly reduced light transmission. 7. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements, which may include routing of all fibers through metal conduit. 8. Ribbon Fiber can be secured to a surface using 2-part epoxy or mechanical fasteners (i.e. plastic "zip" fasteners). Do not use organic chemical compounds such as acetone, thinner, benzene, acetic acid, super glue or other quick drying glues.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

Ribbon Width: # of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

Sparkle Series F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

Glass Side Light Fiber

Clear jacket to protect fibers Fiber "nicked" along length to produce sparkle effect Factory cutting and termination required

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

Sparkle series Cut Sheet #3083

Glass Side Light Fiber

420 50 µm 2.2mm (0.087") 5.0mm (0.20") PVC 1.8g (.06 oz.) -20°C to +80°C

Catalog No.

F-S P- S L-G L-2

Description 2mm Sparkle Series glass side light fiber with 2.2mm active diameter and a clear PVC jacket; includes 420 - 50µm fibers; emits light through randomly placed "nicked" points along entire length; for indoor use only.

Max Tails 9mm: 75 Max Tails 28mm: 585

SPARKLE FIBER APPLICATION NOTES 1. Sparkle Fiber must be factory terminated using RCP harnessing, which includes randomizing of the fibers in the harness adapter to produce uniform light output from all fibers. See harnessing information in the catalog for further details. 2. The recommended maximum length for Sparkle Fiber is 65' when used with most illuminators. (Refer to Figure 1.) 3. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 4. Straight, uninterrupted fiber runs are best for optimum light output. The minimum bending radius for Sparkle Fiber is 5.0mm (0.20",) but larger bends are recommended if the application permits. 5. Sparkle Fiber is most effective in environments with low ambient light levels. 6. When planning your application, include enough illuminators to accommodate all desired fiber tails. To increase the

total light output, use no more than 50% of the "Max Tails" capacity listed in the individual product details. 7. Fiber exiting the illuminator must remain straight for a minimum of 12" to avoid significantly reduced light transmission. (Refer to Figure 2.) 8. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements, which may include routing of all fibers through metal conduit. 9. Sparkle Fiber is suitable for use in UV-free damp or wet environments; exposure to sunlight will result in yellowing of the clear PVC jacket. 10. Sparkle Fiber products intended for use in damp or wet environments must be sealed to prevent wicking of water into the fiber. The open ends will be sealed by dipping in 5minute epoxy. If fiber tails are cut in the field, the ends must be sealed on site by dipping in 5-minute epoxy; if some or all factory-sealed ends are trimmed in the field, those ends must be re-sealed by dipping in 5-minute epoxy. 11. Please specify if your application is to be used in a damp or wet environment.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

# of Fibers: Size of Fibers: Outer Diameter: Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.:

F i be r: S tr an d ed PMMA & Glass

Sparkle fiber Chandeliers & Curtains Spectacular Custom Chandeliers Made with Sparkle Series Glass Fiber

Installation by Imagination Illumination, South Point Casino, Las Vegas.

F I B E R :

S T R A N D E D

P M M A

G L A S S

Sparkle Fiber Cut Sheet # 3093

Chandeliers & Curtains Each Ø2.2mm Sparkle Series fiber optic cable consists of 420 fine glass fibers encased in a clear PVC jacket. These glass fibers emit tiny irregular points of light at random locations along the length of the fiber. When massed together in a chandelier or curtain, thousands of these light points create a dramatic shimmering effect.

For additional application photos, please visit our website.

Catalog No. Dimensions: Illuminator Type: Fiber Type: Fiber Spacing: Fiber Ends:

per Specification per Specification 2mm Sparkle Series per Specification per Specification (crystals; weights; bare; other)

CUST - CHANDELIER

Description Custom Chandelier per design sketch, using 2mm Sparkle Series fiber; illuminator type and quantity per specification; fiber ends terminated into crystals, weights, bare ends or other

Sketch Example

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fi b er :S t ra nd e d PMMA & Glass

The creation of your showpiece begins by sending a sketch of your ideas to our designers; we can provide design guidance and help you with the technical requirements - an example sketch is shown below. Chandeliers can be virtually any size or shape - examples include an Ø84" round stalactite, a 120' long serpentine curtain, or a 2'x2' square that fits into a ceiling grid. Fiber arrangement and spacing can also be varied to achieve different effects: a grid of 1"x1" centers, a spiral with 3 rows on 2"x2" spacing, or fibers in the shape of a company logo are just a few possibilities. Individual fibers can be accessorized through the addition of Swarovski crystals, acrylic beads, chrome weights or custom art glass – or can be left bare for a simple yet dazzling effect. Finally, your illuminator choice will bring your chandelier to life: white light produces a spectacular brilliance, while color changing illuminators enhance a mood and generate visual interest.

Large Core Fiber Selection Guide

Diamond Line



Sta-Flex ”FC“



 

Teflon (WR)

Flexcoat PVC

 

Features

Side Light Beam Angle

Outer Jacket

None

Submersible with WR Jacket

Exterior

Environment

 

Sta-Flex ”WN“

Sta-Flex ”FR“

360º Side Light

Directional Side Light

Purpose

Interior

Fiber:Large Core

Fiber Series

30° 60°

• Even Distribution Across Length • Great for Cove Lighting • Superb Neon Replacement

360°

• Interior Rated Fiber • Cove Lighting • Neon Replacement

• Exterior Rated • 5 Fiber Sizes • Exterior Neon Replacement

  



360°

 



60°

• Built-in White Linear Reflector • Directional Beam • 4 Fiber Sizes

MaxTails - Each illuminator* accepts both 9mm and 28mm harness components. For the number of fibers that can be harnessed into a 9mm or 28mm harness, please see "Max Tails" information on each fiber Cut Sheet. *Except 9mm Halogen Illuminator

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Large Core Fiber

Visual Lighting Technologies is proud to offer the outstanding large core fibers of Lumenyte International Corporation, the recognized leader in large-core fiber technology. The star of our large core fiber collection is Lumenyte’s innovative Diamond Line Directional Side Light Fiber, with diamond-like cuts that direct the light into coves or onto architectural details. Diamond Line provides maximum brightness with all the advantages of fiber optic lighting. Visual Lighting Technologies offers large core fibers in a variety of sizes for both side light and end light applications, and many are fully submersible for underwater use. The best fiber for your application depends on a number of factors; the Large Core Fiber Selection Guide, opposite, provides a quick breakdown of fiber characteristics to help you find the right one for your project. The Application Guides in this section will help you understand the basic design and installation considerations you’ll encounter when planning two typical large core fiber projects.

More Cut Sheets Whenever You Need Them Additional Cut Sheets are just a mouse click away with our websiteintegrated catalog. On the following pages, you’ll find a four-digit number at the top of each fiber Cut Sheet. Type that number into the designated box on the Visual Lighting Technologies web site (www.visual-lighting.com) homepage, and you’ll be linked directly to the desired Cut Sheet in a format that you can print out, copy and fax.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fiber:Large Core

arge core fiber plays the leading role in a wide range of fiber optic lighting applications - whether delivering color-changing excitement to a ceiling cove, glowing brilliantly as a neon-replacement product, or softly lighting an outdoor landscape. Large core applications can be purely decorative or purely functional, and are often a combination of the two.

Diamond Line

Fiber:Large Core

Directional Side Light Fiber

â&#x20AC;&#x153;Diamondâ&#x20AC;? cuts extract light for even linear illumination Built-in reflector for directional beam Custom manufactured to exact requirements Field curvable for easy installation Indoor, outdoor and submersible use For linear and cove lighting

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Diamond Line Cut Sheet #4013

Directional Side Light Fiber

Figure 1

Diamond Line is a unique large core fiber which extracts light directionally in a 30° or 60° linear beam. Because light is actually projected out of the fiber, Diamond Line is the ideal choice for applications requiring more light than conventional 360° radiating fiber optics. Whether for indirect applications such as cove lighting, or when viewed directly, as in architectural perimeters, the results will be extraordinarily bright with Diamond Line. And when you combine Diamond Line’s brilliance with the color-changing ability of fiber optics, you have the perfect zero-maintenance alternative to linear LEDs. One Fiber…Two Distinct Segments Although Diamond Line is one continuous piece of fiber, it is actually composed of two segments with differing purposes and composition. The Tail Segment works as a light guide, transmitting the maximum amount of uninterrupted light to the Lit Segment. The Lit Segment itself incorporates a reflector, along with light-emitting “diamond” cuts, to extract bright, even light along the Lit length. Customized Light Extraction Although Diamond Line is designed to emit high levels of light regardless of length, shorter lengths do produce higher intensity than longer lengths. When multiple pieces of Diamond Line are used in one application, the “diamond” cuts along the Lit Segment can be adjusted to match the light output from piece to piece. This customization is done during our state-of-the-art production process and should be discussed with our lighting designers prior to order placement. Specifying and Ordering Due to the different functions of Tail Segments and Lit Segments, orders for Diamond Line must provide separate measurements for each segment. For single-ended configurations (see Figure 1) your order must include a specified Tail length and a specified Lit length (a mirrored end seal will be added automatically.) For double-ended or looped configurations (see Figure 2) your order must include a specified Lit length as well as two specified Tail lengths. Additional Uses In addition to its superior performance in cove lighting and architectural perimeters, Diamond Line is also great for use under counters or toe-kicks, or in underwater applications such as pools and fountains. When specifying Diamond Line for use in a submersible application, please select a fiber with the WR designation at the end of the catalog number. The WR version includes the extra protection of a water resistant Teflon jacket for years of extraordinary brilliance.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fiber:Large Core

Figure 2

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Diamond Line Cut Sheet #4013

Directional Side Light Fiber Catalog No.

Fiber:Large Core

Outer Diameter: Rec. Min. Bend Radius: Beam Spread: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: LEF: Tracking Size:

F-DL-DSL-LC-6011

10.4mm (0.410") 125mm (4.92") 60° Clear PVC 32g. (1.13oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 310 11mm

Description 11mm Diamond Line directional large core side light fiber with 10.4mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes “diamond” cuts and integral reflector producing a 60° beam of light evenly extracted across the fiber's length; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 3

Catalog No. Outer Diameter: Rec. Min. Bend Radius: Beam Spread: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: LEF: Tracking Size:

15.1mm (.595")

Outer Diameter: Rec. Min. Bend Radius: Beam Spread: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: LEF: Tracking Size:

15.8mm (.622")

181mm (7.13") 60° Clear PVC 63 g. (2.2 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 410 15mm

F- D L- D S L- LC - 6 01 5

Description 15mm Diamond Line directional large core side light fiber with 15.1mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes “diamond” cuts and integral reflector producing a 60° beam of light evenly extracted across the fiber's length; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 3

Catalog No.

F-DL-DSL-LC-6015WR

Description 190mm (7.48") 60° Teflon 63 g. (2.2 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 410-WR 15mm

15mm Diamond Line directional large core side light fiber with 15.8mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket for water resistance; includes “diamond” cuts and integral reflector producing a 60° beam of light evenly extracted across the fiber's length; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 3

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Diamond Line Cut Sheet #4013

Directional Side Light Fiber Outer Diameter: 19.3mm (.76") Rec. Min. Bend Radius: 232mm (9.13") Beam Spread: 60° Jacket Type: Clear PVC Weight Per Foot: 100 g. (3.47 oz.) Operating Temp.: Up to 90°C (194°F) LEF: 510 Tracking Size: 19mm

Catalog No.

F- D L-D S L- L C -6 019

Description 19mm Diamond Line directional large core side light fiber with 19.3mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes “diamond” cuts and integral reflector producing a 60° beam of light evenly extracted across the fiber's length; for indoor and outdoor use.

Outer Diameter: Rec. Min. Bend Radius: Beam Spread: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: LEF: Tracking Size:

19.8mm (.779")

Catalog No. F-DL- D S L-L C - 6 019 W R

238mm (9.37") 60° Teflon 100 g. (3.47 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 510-WR 20mm

19mm Diamond Line directional large core side light fiber with 19.8mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket for water resistance; includes “diamond” cuts and integral reflector producing a 60° beam of light evenly extracted across the fiber's length; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Outer Diameter: Rec. Min. Bend Radius: Beam Spread: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: LEF: Tracking Size:

25.5mm (1.00")

Catalog No.

306mm (12.05") 30° Clear PVC 190 g. (6.78 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 710 25mm

25mm Diamond Line directional large core side light fiber with 25.5mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes “diamond” cuts and integral reflector producing a 30° beam of light evenly extracted across the fiber's length; for indoor and outdoor use.

Description

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 2

F- D L-D S L- L C- 3 0 2 5

Description

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 1

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fiber:Large Core

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 2

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Diamond Line Directional Side Light Fiber

Cut Sheet #4013

Catalog No.

F-DL-DSL-LC-3025WR

26.4mm (1.03") Description 317mm (12.48") 30° Teflon 190 g. (6.78 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 710-WR 25mm

25mm Diamond Line directional large core side light fiber with 26.4mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket for water resistance; includes “diamond” cuts and integral reflector producing a 30° beam of light evenly extracted across the fiber's length; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 1

Fiber:Large Core

Outer Diameter: Rec. Min. Bend Radius: Beam Spread: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: LEF: Tracking Size:

Diamond Line Application Notes 1. The recommended maximum length for a Diamond Line directional side light application is dependent on illuminator type and configuration. Double-ended and looped configurations (refer to Figures 1 and 2) can have much longer fiber lengths than single-ended configurations (refer to Figure 3.) 2. With some fiber sizes, multiple double-ended lengths of fiber can be “daisy-chained” together to create longer effects. In a daisy-chain configuration, illuminators should be spaced evenly along the total length to ensure uniform light output across the entire line. Daisychaining does reduce light output by as much as 40% compared to double-ended systems (refer to Figure 4.) 3. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra one foot service loop of cable per illuminated end of fiber. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 4. Straight, uninterrupted fiber runs are best for optimum light output. The minimum bending radius for each fiber is shown in the individual product details, but larger bends are recommended if the application permits.

5. Diamond Line directional side light fiber is most effective in environments with medium to low ambient light levels, depending on the application. 6. Due to the rigidity of Diamond Line fiber, the use of sideby-side mounting track is strongly advised for creating both straight lines and curves. (Mounting track must be field-cut into smaller segments to create curves.) 7. Fiber exiting the illuminator must remain straight for a minimum of 18" to avoid significantly reduced light transmission. (Refer to Figure 5.) 8. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements, which may include routing of all fibers through metal conduit. 9. When using conduit to route fiber runs between the illuminator and visible application, conduit must be large enough to allow the fiber (and end seal, where applicable) to move freely. Electrical sweeps or bends of 8 – 12" minimum radius must be used at all turns. No hard 90° angles may be used. 10.The Diamond Line fiber core must be protected from water/moisture and sunlight intrusion. Mirrored-End Seals are factory installed on all single-ended fibers.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Diamond Line Cut Sheet #4013

Directional Side Light Fiber

Fiber:Large Core

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Sta-Flex â&#x20AC;&#x153;WNâ&#x20AC;?

Fiber:Large Core

Side Light Fiber

Clear, luminous appearance Bright and uniform luminance Long-lasting flexibility Indoor use only Low profile coves, step lighting and glass block walls

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Sta-Flex “WN” Cut Sheet #4023

Side Light Fiber

5.8mm (.230")

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SWN: Tracking Size:

7.2mm (.285")

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SWN: Tracking Size:

52mm (2.05") Teflon 10 g. (0.3 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 200 6mm

65mm (2.56") Teflon 14 g. (0.5 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 300 8mm

10.5mm (.415") 95mm (3.74") Teflon 34 g. (1.2 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 400 11mm

Catalog No.

F-SWN-SL-LC-6

Description 6mm Sta-Flex “WN” large core side light fiber with 5.8mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket; includes 4.8mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor use only.

Max Tails 9mm: 2 Max Tails 28mm: 5

Catalog No.

F-SWN-SL-LC-8

Description 8mm Sta-Flex “WN” large core side light fiber with 7.2mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket; includes 6.1mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor use only.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 3

Catalog No.

F-SWN-SL-LC-11

Description 11mm Sta-Flex “WN” large core side light fiber with 10.5mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket; includes 9.1mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor use only.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 3

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fiber:Large Core

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SWN: Tracking Size:

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Sta-Flex “WN” Cut Sheet #4023

Side Light Fiber

Fiber:Large Core

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SWN: Tracking Size:

14.0mm (.550") 126mm (4.96") Teflon 57 g. (2.0 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 500 14mm

Catalog No.

F-SWN-SL-LC-14

Description 14mm Sta-Flex “WN” large core side light fiber with 14.0mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket; includes 12.4mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor use only.

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 2

Sta-Flex “WN” Application Notes 1. Sta-Flex WN fibers are for INDOOR USE ONLY and should not be exposed to moisture or sunlight. 2. The recommended maximum length for a side light application is dependent on illuminator type and configuration. Double-ended and looped configurations (refer to Figures 1 and 2) can have much longer fiber lengths than single-ended configurations (refer to Figure 3.) 3. Multiple double-ended lengths of fiber can be “daisychained” together to create longer effects. In a daisy-chain configuration, illuminators should be spaced evenly along the total length to ensure uniform light output across the entire line. Daisy-chaining does reduce light output by as much as 40% compared to double-ended systems (refer to Figure 4.) 4. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra one foot service loop of cable per illuminated end of fiber. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 5. Straight, uninterrupted fiber runs are best for optimum light output. The minimum bending radius for each fiber is shown in the individual product details, but larger bends are recommended if the application permits.

6. Side light fiber is most effective in environments with low ambient light levels. 7. For straight line designs, the use of side-by-side mounting track is strongly advised. P-clips are not recommended for straight lines as natural curves and waviness will result without the rigidity provided by the track. 8. Fiber exiting the illuminator must remain straight for a minimum of 18" to avoid significantly reduced light transmission. (Refer to Figure 5.) 9. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements, which may include routing of all fibers through metal conduit. 10.When using conduit to route fiber runs between the illuminator and visible application, conduit must be large enough to allow the fiber (and end seal, where applicable) to move freely. Electrical sweeps or bends of 8 – 12" minimum radius must be used at all turns. No hard 90° angles may be used.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Sta-Flex “WN” Cut Sheet #4023

Side Light Fiber

Fiber:Large Core

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Sta-Flex “FC”

Fiber:Large Core

Side Light Fiber

Indoor and outdoor use Clear, luminous appearance Fire-retardant clear outer jacket PVC outer jacket with UV inhibitors Submersible with “WR” jacketing Exterior step lighting, walkways, building delineation and water features

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Sta-Flex “FC” Side Light Fiber

Cut Sheet #4033 Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFC: Tracking Size:

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFC: Tracking Size:

69mm (2.72") Clear PVC 18g (0.6 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 201 8mm

9.3mm (.366") 84mm (3.31") Teflon 18 g. (0.6 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 201-WR 9mm

9.3mm (.366") 84mm (3.31") Clear PVC 26 g. (0.9 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 301 9mm

10.8mm (.425") 97mm (3.82") Teflon 26 g. (0.9 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 301-WR 11mm

Catalog No.

F-SFC-SL-LC-8

Description 8mm Sta-Flex “FC” large core side light fiber with 7.6mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes 4.8mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 2 Max Tails 28mm: 5

Catalog No.

F-SFC-SL-LC-8WR

Description 8mm Sta-Flex “FC” large core side light fiber with 9.3mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket for water resistance; includes 4.8mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 5

Catalog No.

F-SFC-SL-LC-9

Description 9mm Sta-Flex “FC” large core side light fiber with 9.3mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes 6.1mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 3

Catalog No.

F-SFC-SL-LC-9WR

Description 9mm Sta-Flex “FC” large core side light fiber with 10.8mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket for water resistance; includes 6.1mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 3

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fiber:Large Core

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFC: Tracking Size:

7.6mm (.300")

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Sta-Flex “FC” Cut Sheet #4033

Fiber:Large Core

Side Light Fiber

F-SFC-SL-LC-9SQ

Dimensions: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFC: Tracking Size:

9.3mm x 9.3mm (.366" x .366")

Catalog No.

112mm (4.41") Clear PVC 33 grams (1.1 0z.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 302 11mm

9mm square Sta-Flex “FC” large core side light fiber with 9.3mm x 9.3mm profile and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes 6.1mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; square profile ideal for recessed mounting applications; for indoor and outdoor use.

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFC: Tracking Size:

13.1mm (.515")

Catalog No.

Description

118mm (4.65") Clear PVC 52 g. (1.8 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 401 14mm

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFC: Tracking Size:

14.6mm (.575")

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFC: Tracking Size:

17.8mm (.707")

131mm (5.16") Teflon 52 g. (1.8 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 401-WR 14mm

160mm (6.3") Clear PVC 99 g. (3.5 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 501 18mm

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 3

F-SFC-SL-LC-14

Description 14mm Sta-Flex “FC” large core side light fiber with 13.1mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes 9.1mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 3

Catalog No.

F-SFC-SL-LC-14WR

Description 14mm Sta-Flex “FC” large core side light fiber with 14.6mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket for water resistance; includes 9.1mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 3

Catalog No.

F-SFC-SL-LC-18

Description 18mm Sta-Flex “FC” large core side light fiber with 17.8mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes 12.4mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 2

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Sta-Flex “FC” Cut Sheet #4033

Side Light Fiber Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFC: Tracking Size:

19.5mm (.767") 176mm (6.93") Teflon 99 g. (3.5 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 501-WR 19mm

Catalog No.

F-SFC-SL-LC-18WR

Description 18mm Sta-Flex “FC” large core side light fiber with 19.5mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket for water resistance; includes 12.4mm Sta-Flex core for superb light transmission; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 2

1. The recommended maximum length for a side light application is dependent on illuminator type and configuration. Double-ended and looped configurations (refer to Figures 1 and 2) can have much longer fiber lengths than singleended configurations (refer to Figure 3.) 2. Multiple double-ended lengths of fiber can be “daisychained” together to create longer effects. In a daisy-chain configuration, illuminators should be spaced evenly along the total length to ensure uniform light output across the entire line. Daisy-chaining does reduce light output by as much as 40% compared to double-ended systems (refer to Figure 4.) 3. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra one foot service loop of cable per illuminated end of fiber. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 4. Straight, uninterrupted fiber runs are best for optimum light output. The minimum bending radius for each fiber is shown in the individual product details, but larger bends are recommended if the application permits. 5. Side light fiber is most effective in environments with low ambient light levels.

6. For straight line designs, the use of side-by-side mounting track is strongly advised. P-clips are not recommended for straight lines as natural curves and waviness will result without the rigidity provided by the track. 7. Fiber exiting the illuminator must remain straight for a minimum of 18" to avoid significantly reduced light transmission. (Refer to Figure 5.) 8. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements, which may include routing of all fibers through metal conduit. 9. When using conduit to route fiber runs between the illuminator and visible application, conduit must be large enough to allow the fiber (and end seal, where applicable) to move freely. Electrical sweeps or bends of 8 – 12" minimum radius must be used at all turns. No hard 90° angles may be used. 10.The Sta-Flex FC fiber core must be protected from water/moisture and sunlight intrusion. Be sure to specify an end seal for all single-ended fibers.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fiber:Large Core

Sta-Flex “FC” Application Notes

100

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Sta-Flex “FC” Cut Sheet #4033

Fiber:Large Core

Side Light Fiber

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

101

NOTES:

Fiber:Large Core

Sta-Flex “FR”

Fiber:Large Core

Side Light Fiber

Built-in white reflector Protective jacket Indoor and outdoor use Submersible with “WR” jacketing Pathways, linear accents and water features

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

103

Sta-Flex “FR” Cut Sheet #4043

Side Light Fiber 10.4mm (0.410")

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFR: Tracking Size:

15.1mm (.595")

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFR: Tracking Size:

15.8mm (.622")

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFR: Tracking Size:

19.3mm (.76")

125mm (4.92") Clear PVC 32g. (1.13oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 310 11mm

181mm (7.13") Clear PVC 63 g. (2.2 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 410 15mm

190mm (7.48") Teflon 63g (2.2 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 410-WR 15mm

232mm (9.13") Clear PVC 100 g (3.47 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 510 19mm

Catalog No.

F-SFR-SL-LC-11

Description 11mm Sta-Flex “FR” large core side light fiber with 10.4mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes integral reflector producing a 60° viewing face; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: 1 Max Tails 28mm: 3

Catalog No.

F-SFR-SL-LC-15

Description 15mm Sta-Flex “FR” large core side light fiber with 15.1mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes integral reflector producing a 60° viewing face; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 3

Catalog No.

F-SFR-SL-LC-15WR

Description 15mm Sta-Flex “FR” large core side light fiber with 15.8mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket for water resistance; includes integral reflector producing a 60° viewing face; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 3

Catalog No.

F-SFR-SL-LC-19

Description 19mm Sta-Flex “FR” large core side light fiber with 19.3mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes integral reflector producing a 60° viewing face; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 2

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fiber:Large Core

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFR: Tracking Size:

104

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Sta-Flex “FR” Side Light Fiber

Cut Sheet #4043

Fiber:Large Core

Outer Diameter: Min. Bend Radius: Jacket Type: Weight Per Foot: Operating Temp.: SFR: Tracking Size:

F-SFR-SL-LC-19WR

19.8mm (.779")

Catalog No.

238mm (9.37") Teflon 100 g (3.47 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 510-WR 20mm

19mm Sta-Flex “FR” large core side light fiber with 19.8mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket for water resistance; includes integral reflector producing a 60° viewing face; for indoor and outdoor use.

25.5mm (1.00")

Catalog No.

306mm (12.05") Clear PVC 190 g. (6.78 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 710 25mm

Description

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 2

F-SFR-SL-LC-25

Description 25mm Sta-Flex “FR” large core side light fiber with 25.5mm outer diameter and a clear PVC jacket with UV inhibitors; includes integral reflector producing a 60° viewing face; for indoor and outdoor use.

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 1

F-SFR-SL-LC-25WR

26.4mm (1.03")

Catalog No.

317mm (12.48") Teflon 190 g. (6.78 oz.) Up to 90°C (194°F) 710-WR 25mm

25mm Sta-Flex “FR” large core side light fiber with 26.4mm outer diameter and a clear Teflon jacket for water resistance; includes integral reflector producing a 60° viewing face; for indoor and outdoor use.

Description

Max Tails 9mm: N/A Max Tails 28mm: 1

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

105

Sta-Flex “FR” Side Light Fiber

Cut Sheet #4043

Sta-Flex “FR” Application Notes 5. Sta-Flex FR side light fiber is most effective in environments with low ambient light levels. 6. Due to the rigidity of Sta-Flex FR fiber, the use of side-byside mounting track is strongly advised for creating both straight lines and curves. (Mounting track must be fieldcut into smaller segments to create curves.) 7. Fiber exiting the illuminator must remain straight for a minimum of 18" to avoid significantly reduced light transmission. (Refer to Figure 5.) 8. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements, which may include routing of all fibers through metal conduit. 9. When using conduit to route fiber runs between the illuminator and visible application, conduit must be large enough to allow the fiber (and end seal, where applicable) to move freely. Electrical sweeps or bends of 8 – 12" minimum radius must be used at all turns. No hard 90° angles may be used. 10.The Sta-Flex FR fiber core must be protected from water/moisture and sunlight intrusion. Mirrored-End Seals are factory installed on all single-ended fibers.

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fiber:Large Core

1. The recommended maximum length for a Sta-Flex FR side light application is dependent on illuminator type and configuration. Double-ended and looped configurations (refer to Figures 1 and 2) can have much longer fiber lengths than single-ended configurations (refer to Figure 3.) 2. With some fiber sizes, multiple double-ended lengths of fiber can be “daisy-chained” together to create longer effects. In a daisy-chain configuration, illuminators should be spaced evenly along the total length to ensure uniform light output across the entire line. Daisy-chaining does reduce light output by as much as 40% compared to double-ended systems (refer to Figure 4.) 3. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra one foot service loop of cable per illuminated end of fiber. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be reharnessed in the future, if required. 4. Straight, uninterrupted fiber runs are best for optimum light output. The minimum bending radius for each fiber is shown in the individual product details, but larger bends are recommended if the application permits.

106

F I B E R :

L A R G E

C O R E

Sta-Flex “FR” Cut Sheet #4043

Fiber:Large Core

Side Light Fiber

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

107

NOTES:

Fiber:Large Core

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Mounting & End Seals Fiber Installation Products

Fiber Installation Products

UV-stabilized PVC For mounting straight runs of side light fiber Field-cut smaller lengths for mounting curved runs White track serves as reflector to improve light output from side light fiber Stand-off tracking makes fiber visible from all sides P-clips used to mount fiber in free-form shapes

F I B E R

I N S T A L L A T I O N

P R O D U C T S

109

Mounting & End Seals Cut Sheet #4063

Mounting Track

Width x Height: 7.8mm x 6.5mm (.31" x .26") Length: 2.0m (6.56') Material: PVC

Catalog No.

F-AC - T-U - C -5

Description PVC mounting track in U-channel configuration for 5mm side light fiber; available in field-cuttable 2.0m length with clear finish; for indoor use only.

Width x Height: 10.7mm x 6.9mm (.42" x .27") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

Catalog No.

F- AC -T- U -

Description UV-stabilized PVC mounting track in U-channel configuration for 6mm side light fiber; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear (C) or white (W) finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Catalog No. Description

Width x Height: 13.1mm x 10.4mm (.52" x .41") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

Catalog No.

-8 C W

F-AC - T- U -

Description UV-stabilized PVC mounting track in U-channel configuration for 9mm side light fiber; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear (C) or white (W) finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Catalog No.

C W

F- AC - T- U -

UV-stabilized PVC mounting track in Uchannel configuration for 8mm side light fiber; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear (C) or white (W) finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Width x Height: 12.2mm x 7.9mm (.48" x .31") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

-6 Fiber Installation Products

Width x Height: 8.5mm x 5.6mm (.33" x .22") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

-9 C W

F- AC - T-U -

C W UV-stabilized PVC mounting track in UDescription

channel configuration for 11mm side light fiber; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear (C) or white (W) finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

-11

110

F I B E R

I N S T A L L A T I O N

P R O D U C T S

Mounting & End Seals Cut Sheet #4063

Mounting Track Width x Height: 17.8mm x 13.5mm (.70" x .53") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

Catalog No.

F - A C - T- U -

-14 C W

Description

Fiber Installation Products

UV-stabilized PVC mounting track in U-channel configuration for 14mm side light fiber; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear (C) or white (W) finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Width x Height: 18.3mm x 14.3mm (.72" x .56") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

Catalog No.

F - A C - T- U -

-15 C W

Description

UV-stabilized PVC mounting track in U-channel configuration for 15mm side light fiber; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear (C) or white (W) finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Width x Height: 21.8mm x 17.6mm (.86" x .69") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

Catalog No.

F - A C - T- U -

-18 C W

Description

UV-stabilized PVC mounting track in U-channel configuration for 18mm side light fiber; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear (C) or white (W) finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Width x Height: 23.4mm x 17.8mm (.92" x .70") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

Catalog No.

F - A C - T- U -

Description

-19 C W

UV-stabilized PVC mounting track in U-channel configuration for 19mm side light fiber; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear (C) or white (W) finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R

I N S T A L L A T I O N

P R O D U C T S

111

Mounting & End Seals Cut Sheet #4063

Mounting Track Width x Height: 26.2mm x 20.4mm (1.03" x .80") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

Catalog No.

F - A C - T- U -

-20 C W

Description

UV-stabilized PVC mounting track in U-channel configuration for 20mm side light fiber; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear (C) or white (W) finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Catalog No.

Description

F - A C - T- U -

-25 C W

UV-stabilized PVC mounting track in U-channel configuration for 25mm side light fiber; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear (C) or white (W) finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Width x Height: 29.7mm x 21.4mm (1.17" x .84") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

Catalog No.

F - A C - T- S T- C - 1 4

Description UV-stabilized PVC mounting track for 14mm side light fiber; in stand-off configuration to make fiber visible from all sides; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Width x Height: 38.1mm x 28.1mm (1.50" x 1.11") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

Catalog No.

F - A C - T- S T- C - 1 8

Description UV-stabilized PVC mounting track for 18mm side light fiber; in stand-off configuration to make fiber visible from all sides; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with clear finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fiber Installation Products

Width x Height: 31.7mm x 24.5mm (1.25" x .96") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

112

F I B E R

I N S T A L L A T I O N

P R O D U C T S

Mounting & End Seals Mounting Wedge

Cut Sheet #4063 Width x Height: 31.8mm x 10.1mm (1.25" x .40") Length: 2.13m (7') Material: PVC

Catalog No.

F-AC - W- 1 5

Description

Fiber Installation Products

UV-stabilized PVC mounting wedge used to angle mounting surface of U-channel mounting tracks; available in field-cuttable 2.13m length with white finish; for indoor, outdoor and submersible use.

Mounting P-Clips Dimensions 5 = 20.3mm (.80") x 7.6mm (.30") "X" x "Y": 6 = 20.3mm (.80") x 6.4mm (.25") 8 = 20.3mm (.80") x 9.5mm (.38") 9 = 25.4mm (1.0") x 12.7mm (.50") 11 = 25.4mm (1.0") x 12.0mm (.48") 14 = 32.3mm (1.28") x 17.7mm (.70") 15 = 32.3mm (1.28") x 17.7mm (.70") 18 = 34.9mm (1.38") x 20.3mm (.80") 19 = 36.5mm (1.44") x 21.4mm (.84") 20 = 40.3mm (1.59") x 24.2mm (.95") 25 = 44.6mm (1.76") x 27.4mm (1.08") Material: Polymer

Catalog No.

F- AC - P-

Description Clear, flexible P-Clip suitable for surface mounting runs of fiber; attaches with screw (not included); for indoor use only.

5 6 8 9 11 14 15 18 19 20 25

MOUNTING APPLICATION NOTES 1. P-Clips are not recommended for outdoor use as they are not UV-stabilized. 2. For straight line designs, the use of side-by-side mounting track is strongly advised. P-clips are not recommended for straight lines as natural curves and waviness will result without the rigidity provided by the track.

3. Countersunk screws/anchors should be used on approximate 2' intervals (or closer around curves) to secure mounting track to mounting surface. The screw heads should be camouflaged to match the background as dark or black screw heads will be visible through some fibers.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

F I B E R

I N S T A L L A T I O N

P R O D U C T S

113

Mounting & End Seals End Seals

Cut Sheet #4063 Catalog No.

Dimensions 6 = 9.3mm (.37") x 40.6mm (1.60") "X" x "Y": 8 = 10.4mm (.41") x 40.6mm (1.60") 9 = 12.7mm (.50") x 40.6mm (1.60") 11 = 13.3mm (.53") x 40.6mm (1.60") 14 = 17.8mm (.70") x 40.6mm (1.60") 18 = 21.6mm (.85") x 40.6mm (1.60") Material: PVC

Catalog No.

Dimensions 4.5 = 8.4mm (.33") x 12.7mm (.50") "X" x "Y": 6 = 10.6mm (.42") x 12.7mm (.50") 8 = 12.7mm (.50") x 12.7mm (.50") 10 = 16.8mm (.66") x 12.7mm (.50") 14 = 22.2mm (.88") x 12.7mm (.50") 19 = 26.7mm (1.05") x 12.7mm (.50") Material: Polycarbonate

Catalog No.

F-AC - E S -M -

Description End Seal with integral mirror to reflect light back into fiber; for use with single-ended configuration of all side light and directional side light fibers; requires factory termination.

5 6 8 9 11 14 15 18 19 25

F- AC - ES - W-

Description White End Seal without mirror; for use with single-ended configuration of Sta-Flex WN and Sta-Flex FC fibers only; factory termination available.

6 8 9 11 14 18

F-AC - E S -C -

Description Clear End Seal for use with Sta-Flex EL fibers only; for protection of the fiber core when fiber is used without a fixture; factory termination available.

4.5 6 8 10 14 19

END SEALS APPLICATION NOTES 1. End Seals are required for all Sidelight Fibers in single-ended configurations. Failure to use End Seals will result in light emitting from the end of the fiber, and a reduction in the total recommended maximum length of the fiber.

2. Sparkle Fiber applications intended for use in damp or wet environments will be end-sealed by dipping into 5-minute epoxy; please see page 81 for more information.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Fiber Installation Products

Dimensions 5 = 10.0mm (.39") x 32.0mm (1.26") "X" x "Y": 6 = 9.3mm (.37") x 40.6mm (1.60") 8 = 10.4mm (.41") x 40.6mm (1.60") 9 = 12.7mm (.50") x 40.6mm (1.60") 11 = 13.3mm (.53") x 40.6mm (1.60") 14 = 17.8mm (.70") x 40.6mm (1.60") 15 = 16.9mm (.67") x 21.6mm (.85") 18 = 21.6mm (.85") x 40.6mm (1.60") 19 = 21.6mm (.85") x 21.6mm (.85") 25 = 26.7mm (1.05") x 25.4mm (1.00") Material: PVC

Li g ht C h an ne l & Li gh t Pan e l

Light Channel

Low-profile Lighting Even Wash for Cove Lighting Four Standard Intensities Rugged Aluminum Channel Optional Weatherproofing Stranded PMMA Fiber

L I G H T

C H A N N E L

115

Light Channel

Cut Sheet # 5013

ight Channel is a remarkably versatile fiber optic product that produces bright and even linear light. Available in a range of intensities, Light Channel is equally suitable for lighting up a display case, highlighting architectural details, or grazing a rustic stone wall. And like all fiber optic lighting products, Light Channel lends wonderful sparkle to jewelry, especially faceted gems. Light Channel’s low profile fits inconspicuously into millwork, coves, or niches, and it is unsurpassed for the edge-lighting of glass panels. Available in three standard finishes - Silver, Black & Bronze - plus custom finishes and a weatherproof hard anodized version for exterior applications.

–_________–_________–_________–_________–_________–_________–_________

Fiber Type 075 100

Options

0.75mm 1.0mm

CRV Custom Curving (specify radius to center of fiber points) KN Ultra, 1/8" Spacing

High, 1/4" Spacing

*Dual Medium, 2 rows 1/2" Spacing

Medium, 1/2" Spacing

*Dual Low, 2 rows 1" Spacing

Low, 1" Spacing

Custom

Extrusion S

Standard

Narrow

HS “H” Standard

Tail Length

HC “H” Combo Up to 30 feet

HN “H” Narrow R Round QR Quarter Round

Finish AL Silver BL Black

Lit Length Up to 120 inches (See chart)

BZ Bronze HA Hard Anodized C

Custom

*Available in Round and Quarter Round Extrusions only

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Li gh t C ha n ne l & L i gh t Pan el

Fiber Spacing U

Knuckle Joint (refer to pg. 120

for details) WR Water Resistant Filling Compound (for use in wet locations) TSI Threaded Stud Insert (refer to pg. 120 for details) LS Light Shield (refer to pg. 120 for details) TE_ Tail Exit Location (refer to pg. 118 for exit options)

116

L I G H T

C H A N N E L

LIGHT CHANNEL Cut Sheet # 5013

Extrusions

Light Channel comes in 7 extrusion types. Standard and Narrow are simple channels for discretely lighting areas likes niches, display cabinets or architectural details. The “H” option adds an alignment channel that can be helpful for edge lighting applications. Round extrusion has a handsome, finished look for projects where the channel will be visible, and Quarter Round is designed to provide lighting at a 45° angle when fitted snugly into a corner. Both the Round and Quarter Round extrusions offer a “dual” option, providing two rows of light points for a 90° beam angle.

60º Beam Angle

0.650" 0.675"

Narrow Extrusion

Standard Extrusion

0.88" Open

60º Beam Angle

0.52" Open

60º Beam Angle

0.52" Open

0.650" 1.18"

1.5"

“H” Standard Extrusion

“H” Combo Extrusion

“H” Narrow Extrusion

Double Row 90º Beam Angle

1.2

Li g ht C h an ne l & Li gh t Pan e l

Single Row 60º Beam Angle

Single Row 60º Beam Angle 1.2

Round Extrusion

Quarter Round Extrusion

Double Row 90º Beam Angle

Photometrics Light output from Light Channel is determined by a number of variables: fiber size, spacing of light points, tail lengths, illuminator, and the utilization of illuminator capacity. The footcandle measurements shown below are based on 4 foot tail lengths and illuminators filled to 50% capacity (500 fibers). Footcandles @ 12" Ultra Intensity 1.0mm Fiber

High Intensity 1.0mm Fiber

Ultra Intensity 0.75mm Fiber

Medium Intensity 1.0mm Fiber

High Intensity 0.75mm Fiber

Dual Medium 0.75mm Fiber

Low Intensity 1.0mm Fiber

Medium Intensity 0.75mm Fiber

250 watt Metal Halide

1475 fc

838 fc

738 fc

408 fc

369 fc

287 fc

171 fc

163 fc

143 fc

105 fc

150 watt Metal Halide

795 fc

438 fc

398 fc

214 fc

194 fc

168 fc

96 fc

90 fc

81 fc

55 fc

100 watt 28mm Halogen

261 fc

142 fc

134 fc

75 fc

65 fc

46 fc

30 fc

29 fc

23 fc

18 fc

75 watt 28mm Halogen

141 fc

81 fc

78 fc

42 fc

36 fc

28 fc

16 fc

14 fc

13 fc

10 fc

Dual Low 0.75mm Fiber

Low Intensity 0.75mm Fiber

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

L I G H T

117

C H A N N E L

LIGHT CHANNEL Cut Sheet # 5013

Maximum Lit Length Chart

DUAL MEDIUM

MEDIUM DUAL LOW

LOW

Maximum Lit Length

Extrusion & Fiber Size 12” Narrow & “H” Narrow

0.75mm

Standard, “H” Standard, Combo, Quarter Round

0.75mm

1” Round

0.75mm

Narrow & “H” Narrow

1.0mm

Standard, “H” Standard, Combo, Quarter Round

1.0mm

1” Round

1.0mm

Narrow & “H” Narrow

0.75mm

Standard, “H” Standard

0.75mm

Combo, Quarter Round

0.75mm

1” Round

1.0mm

Narrow & “H” Narrow

1.0mm

Standard, “H” Standard, Combo, Quarter Round

1.0mm

1” Round

1.0mm

1” Round

0.75mm

Quarter Round

0.75mm

1” Round

1.0mm

Quarter Round

1.0mm

Narrow & “H” Narrow

0.75mm

Standard, “H” Standard, 1“ Round

0.75mm

Combo, Quarter Round

0.75mm

Narrow & “H” Narrow

1.0mm

Standard, “H” Standard

1.0mm

Combo, Quarter Round

1.0mm

1” Round

1.0mm

1” Round

0.75mm

Quarter Round

0.75mm

1” Round

1.0mm

Quarter Round

1.0mm

Narrow & “H” Narrow

0.75mm

Standard, “H” Standard, 1“ Round

0.75mm

Combo, Quarter Round

0.75mm

Narrow & “H” Narrow

1.0mm

Standard, “H” Standard, 1“ Round

1.0mm

Combo, Quarter Round

1.0mm

24”

36”

48”

60”

........... ....... ... . 17.5” ........................................ ....... ... ... ... .. ... ... .. ... .. .. . .. . .. . ......................... ..... .. ... ... ... .. ... ... . 37.5”

..... ................. ..........

72”

84”

96”

108”

120”

60”

10”

34.5”

21.5”

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35” ............................................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75”

........ .................. ............................. .. ... .. .. .. ..................

120”

Li gh t C ha n ne l & L i gh t Pan el

HIGH

ULTRA

INTENSITY

The number of light points possible on a length of Light Channel is limited by the space inside the extrusion. The chart below shows “Maximum Lit Length” – the inches of actual light points – possible with each type of extrusion. Extrusion length can be longer than lit length: maximum extrusion length for Standard or Round = 120", maximum extrusion length for Narrow, “H” Narrow, “H” Combo or Quarter Round extrusions = 96".

20”

69”

43”

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96”

............. ..................................................... 43”

69”

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70” .. ... .. ... ... ... . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96”

............ .................................... ............................. .........................

120”

40”

120”

96”

86”

....................................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96”

.................................. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .

120”

86”

96”

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96”

................ ........................ ...................

120”

80”

96”

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

120”

118

L I G H T

C H A N N E L

LIGHT CHANNEL Cut Sheet # 5013

Fiber Optic Tails

There are many ways for fiber optic tails to exit a piece of Light Channel; the best choice for your application will depend on your design layout. The pictures below show the tail exits possible with different extrusion types. Use the tail exit identifier (i.e. “TR3”) from the diagram to specify your tail exit(s). TE1 is standard and does not need to be specified. TR3 TE3 TR2

TR3

TR1

TE3

TR2

TE3

TB3 TR1

TL3 TB3

TB2 TE1 (Standard)

TL2 TB2

TB1 TE1 (Standard)

TB3

TL1 TB1

TB2

Li g ht C h an ne l & Li gh t Pan e l

Quarter Round

TE1 (Standard)

Standard, Narrow “H” Standard “H” Narrow “H” Combo

TB1

Round

The diameter of a fiber optic tail is determined by the number of fibers in the Light Channel. Calculate the number of fibers by multiplying the inches of Lit Length by the appropriate Fibers per Inch number below (i.e. 36” Lit Length High Intensity x 4 Fibers per Inch = 144 fibers). Intensity

Ultra

High

Dual Medium

Medium

Dual Low

Low

Fibers per Inch

Flex hose is used to protect the fiber optic tails. The outside diameter and bend radius of the flex hose should be considered when routing tails through millwork or other tight spaces. Using the example above, a tail of 144 – 0.75mm fibers would use an 18.5mm flex hose.

13.0mm

16.0mm

18.5mm

21.1mm

25.6mm

(.51")

(.63")

(.73")

(.83")

(1.01")

Min. Bend Radius

R = 1.5"

R = 1.75"

R = 2.0"

R = 2.25"

R = 2.5"

Max Fibers 0.75mm

0 - 75

76 - 140

141 - 175

176 - 250

251 - 480

Max Fibers 1.0mm

0 - 43

44 - 80

81 - 100

101 - 143

144 - 276

Flex-Hose Diameter

Outside Diameter Shown to Scale

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

L I G H T

C H A N N E L

119

Light Channel Cut Sheet # 5013

2 Inches

1/8 Inch

2 Inches

Penetration of Light Through Glass

2 Inches

1/4 Inch

2 Inches

1/2 Inch

2 Inches

1 Inch

2 Inches

1. FULL-SIZE MOCK-UPS ARE HIGHLY RECOMMENDED FOR ALL EDGE-LIT GLASS PROJECTS. 2. Successful edge-lighting of glass requires the use of LOW IRON glass, also referred to as “white glass” or “Starfire” glass. Low iron glass is an optically clear glass that allows light to penetrate. As a general rule, if you cannot see through the edge of a glass panel, light will not transmit through it. 3. Tinted or colored glass CANNOT be effectively edge-lit with Light Channel. Edge-lighting of textured or tempered glass may result in strange patterns. 4. Clear acrylic is an excellent alternative to glass for use in edge-lit applications. Acrylic panels as large as 4’ x 8’ can be very effectively lit using high intensity Light Channel on two sides. 5. When etching designs on glass or acrylic panels, VLT recommends leaving 2 inches of the panel clear (un-etched) along the side or sides where the light will be projected into the glass. Without this clear margin, scalloping in the etched design will result. 6. Edge-lighting of 100% frosted glass or acrylic panels is NOT RECOMMENDED. Such panels will show a dramatic loss of light intensity just a few inches into the material. 7. Some etching is NECESSARY for glass or acrylic panels to “glow”; without etching, light simply passes through the panel and exits on the other side. Only the etched portions will appear lit. 8. If using laminated glass, the etched design will exist on just one layer of glass. The light points must be aligned with this etched layer, NOT centered on the seam between the layers. 9. “H” extrusions are a good choice for edge lighting glass because the extrusion centers the glass automatically. Standard and Narrow extrusions can also be used, but require blocking to ensure that the glass panel is centered on the extrusion.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Li gh t C ha n ne l & L i gh t Pan el

2 Inches

The diagram at left shows how far light will transmit through an 8 foot panel with approximately 25% etched surface. The circled “close-up” views show how the spacing of the light points determines the amount of “scalloping” that will be visible in the first 2 inches. Light penetration can be doubled by edge-lighting from two sides. Depending on the configuration,additional sides can also be lit.

120

L I G H T

C H A N N E L

LIGHT CHANNEL Number of fibers per illuminator

Cut Sheet # 5013

All lamps, whether halogen or metal halide, have bright spots and differences in color temperature across the face of the lamp. Optic fibers transmit light directly from the lamp, so those variances show up in the individual light points of Light Channel. Along the length of the channel, each point may be brighter or dimmer than the point next to it, and also may have a slightly different tint. When the light from the Light Channel is given enough throw distance to blend, these difference become imperceptible. But in applications with short throw distances, such as wall grazing or glass edge-lighting, these differences are quite noticeable. One way to minimize the differences is to use fewer fibers in each illuminator. This keeps all of the fibers closer to the center of the lamp, where the intensity and color temperature are more consistent. The chart below shows the maximum number of fibers per illuminator based on throw distance. Throw Distance*

0" - 3"

3" - 6"

6" - 9"

9" and up

# of fibers per illuminator

300 - 0.75mm 173 - 1.0mm

500 - 0.75mm 288 - 1.0mm

700 - 0.75mm 403 - 1.0mm

1000 - 0.75mm 575 - 1.0mm

*Measured to point where light first touches a visible surface

Li g ht C h an ne l & Li gh t Pan e l

Fixture Options Knuckle Joint Nylon 2.5" Standard, Narrow, “H”Standard, “H”Combo, “H”Narrow, Quarter Round

Catalog No.

Option: Threaded Stud Insert Primary Material: Aluminum or Stainless Steel for Extrusion: Standard, Narrow, “H”Standard, “H”Combo, “H”Narrow, Quarter Round

Catalog No.

Option: Primary Material: Bend Radius: for Extrusion:

3/8"

-KN

Description Flexible joint connecting two segments of Light Channel extrusion; customizable length.

Finishes Available Black

- TS I -

Description Threaded Stud for attachment of 8-32 nut; installs into rear of Light Channel extrusion; typically spaced on 2" centers.

AL SS

Materials Available Aluminum (AL); Stainless Steel (SS)

3/4"

Option: Light Shield Primary Material: Aluminum for Extrusion: Standard, Narrow

Catalog No. Description Aluminum shield to reduce glare in certain applications of Light Channel; finish to match that of Light Channel.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

-LS

L I G H T

121

C H A N N E L

Light Channel Cut Sheet # 5013

1.25"

Mounting Components for Non-Round Extrusions Accesory: Mounting Bracket Primary Material: CRS (Cold Rolled Steel) or Stainless steel for Extrusion: Standard, Narrow, “H”Standard, “H”Combo, “H”Narrow, Quarter Round

Catalog No.

L C - AC -B R -

Description Light Channel mounting bracket for non-round extrusions; field bendable for adjustment of focus angle; through holes for #8 screw; includes 3M VHB tape for attachment.

AL BL SS

Materials/Finishes Available Silver CRS (AL), Black CRS (BL), Stainless Steel (SS)

System Components for Round Extrusion Component: Swivel Connector Primary Material: Aluminum for Extrusion: Round

Catalog No.

XP-AC-SW-

Description

Li gh t C ha n ne l & L i gh t Pan el

Light Channel swivel connector for Round Extrusion; connects two Channel segments in strait line; allows connected segments to rotate in different directions.

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Component: Right Angle Connector Primary Material: Aluminum with ABS Plastic Cover for Extrusion: Round

Catalog No.

XP-AC-RA-

Description Light Channel right angle connector for Round Extrusion; connects two Channel segments at a 90° angle; allows connected segments to rotate in different directions.

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Component: “T” Connector Primary Material: Aluminum with ABS Plastic Cover for Extrusion: Round

Catalog No.

XP-AC-T-

Description Light Channel “T” connector for Round Extrusion; connects three Channel segments in "T" configuration; allows three connected segments to rotate in different directions.

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL

122

L I G H T

C H A N N E L

Light Channel System Components for Round Extrusion

Accessory: Mounting Clip Primary Material: ABS Plastic for Extrusion: Round

Cut Sheet # 5013

Catalog No.

XP-AC-MC-

Description Light Channel mounting clip for round extrusion; attaches channel to parallel mounting surface; channel â&#x20AC;&#x153;snapsâ&#x20AC;? into clip allowing for free rotation of light bar.

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Li g ht C h an ne l & Li gh t Pan e l

Accessory: Mounting Bracket Primary Material: ABS Plastic for Extrusion: Round

Catalog No.

XP-AC-BR-

Description Light Channel mounting bracket for round extrusion; attaches channel to parallel mounting surface; channel locks into bracket keeping light bar from rotating; screws included.

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Accessory: Mounting Bushing - Closed End Primary Material: Aluminum for Extrusion: Round

Catalog No.

XP-AC-MB-

Description Light Channel mounting bushing for round extrusion; threaded with nut for fixing channel to perpendicular surface; closed-end bushing provides additional support for light bar.

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Accessory: Mounting Bushing - Pass Through Primary Material: Aluminum for Extrusion: Round

Catalog No.

XP-AC-PB-

Description Light Channel mounting bushing for round extrusion; threaded with nut for fixing channel to perpendicular surface; pass-through bushing with open end provides leeway for installation into fixed spaces.

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL BZ

L I G H T

C H A N N E L

123

Light Channel Mounting Instructions

Cut Sheet # 5013

Light Channel Mounting Brackets allow pieces of square, â&#x20AC;&#x153;Hâ&#x20AC;?, and Quarter Round Light Channel to be mounted at the desired angle for the application. Both Very High Bond (VHB) Tape and Threaded Stud Inserts can be used to attach Light Channel to the mounting surface. Light Channel can also be glued into small niches to provide concealed lighting. Round extrusion uses the Mounting Components shown on page 121 - 122.

Non-Round Extrusions:

3M VHB Tape

Threaded Stud Inserts Threaded Stud Inserts

Li gh t C ha n ne l & L i gh t Pan el

Round Extrusions:

LIGHT CHANNEL APPLICATION NOTES 1. Light Channel is a custom manufactured product and can be configured to your application needs. Consult factory to discuss your specific design requirements. 2. Light Channel extrusion can be radius curved to your specifications. Consult factory for recommendations. 3. Several small pieces of Light Channel can be connected using Knuckle Joints that allow Light Channel to fit around curves or bends. Channel to be configured with a minimum number of tail exits.Consult factory for recommendations.

4. Depending on fiber spacing and mounting distance, a scalloping effect may be visible in the finished application (see diagram on page 119 regarding scalloping in edge-lit glass). Light Channel can be mounted at variable distances from the lit surface to achieve the desired effect, whether scalloped or uniform wash. 5. Light Channel is shipped with blue protective film over the fibers; please remove film after product has been installed.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Li g ht C h an ne l & Li gh t Pan e l

Light Panel

Completely customized low-profile lighting Even backlighting for glass & onyx Zero maintenance at panel Stranded PMMA Fiber

L I G H T

125

P A N E L

Light panel

Cut Sheet # 5023

Light Panel is a fully customizable lighting product that consists of an array of end-emitting fiber optic light points. Light Panel can be used in direct view applications, as in a sparkling backlight for a waterfall, but it is most often used to backlight materials such as frosted and stained glass, onyx, and other translucent materials. Because Light Panel’s light points are fiber optic, most applications require no access to the Light Panel after installation – normal lamp maintenance is done at a remotely located illuminator. Combined with the chart below, the following pages will help you specify the appropriate Fiber Configuration and Array Spacing for your specific application.

–____________–____________–____________–____________–____________–____________

Fiber Configuration

Options HA

Array Spacing 40 30 20 15 10 C

4" on center 3" on center 2" on center 1.5" on center 1" on center Custom

Panel Height (in.)

Tail Length (ft.)

Up to 96"

Up to 30'

Panel Width (in.) Up to 48" 8-32 Threaded Nut Insert, Aluminum (Included at 3" from each corner)

Back Center Tail Exit ( Standard)

White Rigid PVC front and back panels

60º

Each point emits a 60º beam of light

Silver Anodized Aluminum Structure

H DT WI

13⁄8"

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Li gh t C ha n ne l & L i gh t Pan el

Hard Anodized structure (Replaces standard silver anodize) WR Water Resistant filling compound (for use in wet locations) TNI/S Stainless Steel-Threaded Nut Inserts (replaces standard aluminum inserts) TE_ Tail Exit Location (refer to pg. 128 for exit options)

7050 7 Strands of 0.5mm PMMA 1075 *1 Strand of 0.75mm PMMA (*limited use; best suited for applications not requiring uniform light output)

126

L I G H T

P A N E L

LIGHT panel Cut Sheet # 5023 Fiber Configuration Light Panel is offered with two standard Fiber Configurations. The 7050 configuration uses 7 strands of 0.50mm fiber for every light point. The 7 strands of fiber are randomized to produce virtually identical light output from each point - both in intensity and color temperature. When light points are identical they blend quickly - allowing the points to be spaced further apart than without randomization. Randomization also saves money; it makes the most efficient use of the illuminator â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s light output, so you can have more light points per illuminator. In contrast, the 1075 configuration uses 1 strand of 0.75mm fiber in each light point. With just a single strand per light point, there is no ability to randomize. The resulting variations in intensity and color temperature cause the light to blend too slowly for the effective backlighting of solid materials. 1075 configurations are better suited for direct view applications, where the sparkle of tiny light points is a benefit.

Li g ht C h an ne l & Li gh t Pan e l

Array Spacing Deciding the Array Spacing - how far apart the light points will be - is critical to the success of your application. When backlighting material with the 7050 configuration, your Array Spacing will be dictated by two factors: the type of material being lit, and the space available (the cavity) behind the material. Materials such as frosted glass are so even that the light points must be fully blended before they hit the glass. For this to happen, a ratio of 1:3 is typically needed, meaning that if the light points are spaced 1" apart, they will need 3" to fully blend. Other materials - such as onyx or stained glass - have their own diffusing properties to help blend the light. For these materials, a ratio of 2:3 is typically appropriate - meaning that light points spaced 2" apart will be sufficiently blended in the same 3". Typically, 3" is the minimum â&#x20AC;&#x153;throwâ&#x20AC;? distance possible, regardless of material type (in some cases, secondary diffusion materials may reduce the minimum throw distance).

Intensity vs. Number of Illuminators Cavity depth and material type are the primary factors for determining Array Spacing, but other factors must also be considered. The closer the light points are spaced, the brighter the application will be. But with a maximum of 330 light points per illuminator (in a 7050 Fiber Configuration), the increased brightness may result in a more expensive, higher wattage application than desired. Each application must find a balance between desired brightness and number of illuminators required - and mockups are the best way to make this determination.

Final thoughts about 1075 The 1075 configuration is best when used in applications where the Array Spacing (and the resulting evenness of the light output) is a much more subjective decision. Again, an application must find a balance between the desired brightness and the number of illuminator s needed, and although each illuminator can hold as many as 1,000 light points in this configuration, limiting the number to 500 or less will minimize the visible variations.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

L I G H T

127

P A N E L

Light panel Cut Sheet # 5023

Cavity Requirements

On backlit applications, the Array Spacing determines the Throw Distance needed for the light points to blend, and that Throw Distance determines how much cavity space you’ll need. Remember that the cavity behind the lit surface must accommodate BOTH the recommended Throw Distance PLUS the 1 3/8" depth of the Light panel itself. In most cases, 3" is the minimum Throw Distance possible. see the chart below for ratios and typical Array Spacing/Throw Distance combinations for 7050 Fiber configurations (1075 Fiber Configuration not recommended for backlit applications).

Lit Surface X" X" X"

Throw Distance

Array Spacing

Li gh t C ha n ne l & L i gh t Pan el

Throw Distance Array Spacing

Frosted Glass or Other Even Surface (1:3 Ratio)

Onyx or Other Mottled Surface (2:3 Ratio)

2”

6”

3”

9”

4.5”

4”

12”

6”

Photometrics Array Spacing determines the intensity of the light output from a piece of Light Panel (see chart below for footcandle measurements at 12"). If you are doing a backlit application, remember that light penetration will vary significantly depending on the material being backlit. A mock-up may be necessary to determine the best level of intensity for your project. The footcandle measurements below are based on 4 foot tail lengths and 150 watt illuminators filled to 100% capacity.

Footcandles @ 12" Array Spacing Fiber Configuration

1.5"

7050

900

385

225

100

1075

300

140

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

128

L I G H T

C H A N N E L

Light panel Cut Sheet # 5023

Illuminator Capacity

Array Spacing also determines how many illuminators your project will require. A single illuminator will provide up to 330 individual light points (in 7050 Fiber Configuration); the greater the Array Spacing, the greater the area that can be lit by a single illuminator. Based on Array Spacing, the chart below will tell you how many square feet can be lit with a single illuminator.

Max. Square Footage from Single Illuminator Array Spacing 1.5”

1”

2”

7050

2.5 sq. ft. 5.25 sq. ft. 9.25 sq. ft.

1075

7.5 sq. ft.

16 sq. ft.

28 sq. ft.

3”

4”

21.5 sq. ft.

35 sq. ft.

61 sq. ft.

112 sq. ft.

The Array Spacing determines how many square feet can be lit by a single illuminator.

Tail Exits

Custom Shapes

Though a Center Back exit is most common, Tail Exits can be located anywhere on the panel. Provide a sketch with your order to indicate a special exit location.

Light Panel shapes are not limited to squares and rectangles. We have manufactured all the shapes below and many more; just send us a sketch of the shape you need.

TE3 Width Center

TE1 Back Center (Standard)

HEIGHT

Li g ht C h an ne l & Li gh t Pan e l

Fiber Configuration

TE2 Height Center

H DT WI

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

L I G H T

129

P A N E L

Light panel Cut Sheet # 5023

Conduit Diameter

Conduit Size Chart

13.0mm

16.0mm

18.5mm

21.1mm

25.6mm

34.8mm

Bend Radius

R = 1.5”

R = 1.75”

R = 2.0”

R = 2.25”

R = 2.5”

R = 3.5”

Max # of light points 7050

0 - 33

34 - 46

47 - 75

76 - 108

109 - 158

159 - 247

Max # of light points 1075

0 - 100

101 - 140

141 - 230

231 - 330

331 - 480

481 - 750

Diameter Shown to Scale

Accessory: Mounting Bracket Primary Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

LP-AC-BR-

Description Light Panel Mounting Bracket; Includes 8-32 screw for attachment to panel’s threaded nut inserts.

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Hard Anodized (HA)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL HA

Li gh t C ha n ne l & L i gh t Pan el

Mounting Accessories

130

Interior Fixture Selection Guide



 90°



8° 54°



Nova Series



 50°



6° 54°



Avant-garde Series

 

 35°



6° 54°



 26° 54°







 11° 54°     

Note Series



Outrigger Series



Dolphin Series

 

Monterey Series



 27°

Spot Light Series



 140° 

Fiji Series

Shelf Series

XPO Series

  



5° 54°

  



5° 54°





17° 34°



   N/A N/A 

Nassau Series

Coral Series

 30° 

 

 38°  

8° 54°



10.0mm

 

 

     



 25°    24° 54°       54° 54°   

8.0mm





   18° 54°   

6.0mm

4.5mm

Chrome/Black (CH/BL)

Black/Chrome (BL/CH)

Chrome/Grey (CH/GR)

Max Fiber Size

Bronzed Copper (BC)

Grey/Chrome (GR/CH)

Chrome (CH)

White (WH)

Gold Plated (GP)

Bronze (BZ)

Black (BL)

Finishes Available

Silver (AL

Maximum

Minimum

Recessed

Surface or Beam Recessed Angle Mounting

Surface

Fixed

Max. Tilt Angle

Adjustable

Step Light

Decorative

Accent

Focus



Bebop Series

Interior Fixtures

Showcase

Downlight

Primary Use

  

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

131

Interior Fixtures

he advantages of fiber optic lighting make it the ideal choice for a wide variety of indoor lighting applications. From residential downlighting to architectural accents and retail showcases, Visual Lighting Technologies has a fiber optic fixture that will compliment your design while providing the precise lighting effect you’re looking for. Many of our interior fixtures are equally appropriate for architectural, residential, or specialty applications. Fiber optic fixtures possess a variety of characteristics that you’ll want to compare when making a choice for your application. The Interior Fixture Selection Guide, opposite, provides a quick breakdown based on six important fixture considerations, beginning with Primary Use. You can predict the light output from most of our interior fixtures by using the Lux Calculator, which can be downloaded from our website at www.visual-lighting.com. The Application Guides included in this section will help you understand the basic design and installation considerations you’ll encounter when planning some typical interior lighting projects.

Additional Cut Sheets are just a mouse click away with our websiteintegrated catalog. On the following pages, you’ll find a four-digit number at the top of each fixture Cut Sheet. Type that number into the designated box on the Visual Lighting Technologies website homepage (www.visual-lighting.com) and you’ll be linked directly to the desired Cut Sheet in a format that you can print out, copy and fax.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Interior Fixtures

More Cut Sheets Whenever You Need Them

bebop Series

Interior Fixtures

Telescopic Accent Fixtures

Recessed telescopic accent light Versatile 90Ë&#x161; Vertical adjustment, 110Ë&#x161; Horizontal rotation Tool-less locking adjustment Simple, discrete profile when recessed Multiple lens options and variable beam angles Glare-free lens Wonderful flexibility for galleries and displays

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

133

bebop Series Cut Sheet #6143

Telescopic Accent Fixtures Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 71mm No lens 54º up to 90º Recessed, Screwed 0.2 kg (0.44 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 71mm 20mm Domed Glass Lens 27º - 43º up to 90º Recessed, Screwed 0.2 kg (0.44 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 71mm 20mm Domed Glass Lens 8º - 28º up to 90º Recessed, Screwed 0.2 kg (0.44 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

BB-ID-2-71-NL-

BL WH Bebop Series (Roblon size 2 Wide) telescopic adjustable-focus accent fixture with no lens and BL/CH Description

71mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 90° tilt angle and 110° rotation; recessed mounting with screws.

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Black/Chrome (BL/CH)

BB-ID-2-71-20M-

BL WH Bebop Series (Roblon size 2 Medium) telescopic adjustable-focus accent fixture with 20mm BL/CH Description

domed glass lens and 71mm outer diameter; medium 27° - 43° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 90° tilt angle and 110° rotation; recessed mounting with screws.

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Black/Chrome (BL/CH)

BL Bebop Series (Roblon size 2 Focus) telescopic WH adjustable-focus accent fixture with 20mm BL/CH Description

domed glass lens and 71mm outer diameter; narrow 8° - 28° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 90° tilt angle and 110° rotation; recessed mounting with screws.

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Black/Chrome (BL/CH)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Interior Fixtures

BB-ID-2-71-20N-

nova Series

Interior Fixtures

Adjustable Accent Fixtures

Semi-recessed adjustable accent fixture Locking focus on sizes 2 & 3 Interchangeable lenses 360ยบ rotation and up to 50ยบ tilt Black, white and chrome finishes Perfect for spotlighting walls, niches or showcases

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

135

nova Series Cut Sheet #6153

Adjustable Accent Fixtures Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm Micro Ferrule 22mm No Lens 54º up to 50º Semi-recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm Micro Ferrule 22mm 12mm Domed Glass Lens 11º - 30º up to 50º Semi-recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

NV-MC-1-22-NL-

Description Nova Series (Roblon size 1 Wide) adjustablefocus accent fixture with no lens and 22mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; for use with 2.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; up to 50° tilt angle and 360° rotation; semi-recessed mounting with tension clips.

BL WH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH)

Catalog No.

NV-MC-1-22-12N-

Description Nova Series (Roblon size 1 Focus) adjustablefocus accent fixture with 12mm domed glass lens and 22mm outer diameter; narrow 11° - 30° beam angle; for use with 2.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; up to 50° tilt angle and 360° rotation; semirecessed mounting with tension clips.

BL WH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH))

Interior Fixtures

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

136

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

nova Series

Interior Fixtures

Adjustable Accent Fixtures

Cut Sheet #6153

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 47mm No Lens 54º up to 50º Semi-recessed, Screwed 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 47mm 20mm Domed Glass Lens 27º - 43º up to 50º Semi-recessed, Screwed 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 47mm 20mm Domed Glass Lens 8º - 28º up to 50º Semi-recessed, Screwed 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

NV-ID-2-47-NL-

Description Nova Series (Roblon size 2 Wide) adjustablefocus accent fixture with no lens and 47mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 50° tilt angle and 360° rotation; semi-recessed mounting with screws.

BL WH GR/CH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Grey/Chrome (GR/CH)

Catalog No.

NV-ID-2-47-20M-

Description Nova Series (Roblon size 2 Medium) adjustablefocus accent fixture with 20mm domed glass lens and 47mm outer diameter; medium 27° 43° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 50° tilt angle and 360° rotation; semi-recessed mounting with screws.

BL WH GR/CH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Grey/Chrome (GR/CH)

Catalog No.

NV-ID-2-47-20N-

Description Nova Series (Roblon size 2 Focus) adjustablefocus accent fixture with 20mm domed glass lens and 47mm outer diameter; narrow 8° - 28° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 50° tilt angle and 360° rotation; semi-recessed mounting with screws.

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Grey/Chrome (GR/CH)

Please refer to VLT Lux Calcu la tor for a ll Ph otom etric s and Bea m A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

BL WH GR/CH

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

137

nova Series Adjustable Accent Fixtures

Cut Sheet #6153 Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Indoor Ferrule 58mm No Lens 54º up to 50º Semi-recessed, Screwed 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 3.0mm*, 4.5mm*, 6.0mm*, 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Ferrule Type: Indoor Ferrule Fixture Size: 58mm Lens Type: 26mm Domed Glass Lens Beam Angle: 6º- 31º Tilt Angle: up to 50º Mounting: Semi-recessed, Screwed Weight: 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) Primary Material: UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

NV-ID-3-58-NL-

Description Nova Series (Roblon size 3 Wide) adjustablefocus accent fixture with no lens and 58mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; for use with 8.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; up to 50° tilt angle and 360° rotation; semirecessed mounting with screws.

BL WH GR/CH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Grey/Chrome (GR/CH)

Catalog No.

NV-ID-3-58-26-

Description Nova Series (Roblon size 3 Focus) adjustablefocus accent fixture with 26mm domed glass lens and 58mm outer diameter; narrow 6° - 31° beam angle (fiber size dependent); for use with 3.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; up to 50° tilt angle and 360° rotation; semi-recessed mounting with screws.

BL WH GR/CH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Grey/Chrome (GR/CH)

* Requires Ferrule Adapter (see pg. 19) Interior Fixtures

Please refer to VLT Lux Calcu la tor for a ll Ph otom etric s and Bea m A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

avant-garde Series

Interior Fixtures

Adjustable Accent Fixtures

Recessed adjustable downlights Precision optical design Multiple lens options and variable beam angles Tool-less locking adjustment Glare-free lens 360ยบ rotation Black, white and chrome finishes Ideal for meticulous accent lighting

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

139

avant-garde Series Adjustable Accent Fixtures

Cut Sheet #6163 Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm Micro Ferrule 26mm No lens 54° up to 10° Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm Micro Ferrule 26mm 12mm Domed Glass Lens 11° - 30º up to 10° Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 33mm No lens 54° up to 20° Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 33mm 12mm Domed Glass Lens 30° up to 20° Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

AV-MC-1-26-NL-

Description Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 1-10 Wide) adjustable-focus accent fixture with no lens and 26mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; for use with 2.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; up to 10° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with tension clips.

BL WH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH)

AV-MC-1-26-12N-

Description Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 1-10 Focus) adjustable-focus accent fixture with 12mm domed glass lens and 26mm outer diameter; narrow 11° - 30° beam angle; for use with 2.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; up to 10° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with tension clips.

BL WH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH))

AV-ID-2-33-NL-

Description

BL WH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH)

AV-ID-2-33-12M-

Description Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 2-20 Medium) adjustable-focus accent fixture with 12mm domed glass lens and 33mm outer diameter; medium 30° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 20° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with tension clips.

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH)

Plea se refer to VLT Lux Calculat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

BL WH

Interior Fixtures

Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 2-20 Wide) adjustable-focus accent fixture with no lens and 33mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 20° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with tension clips.

140

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

avant-garde Series

Interior Fixtures

Adjustable Accent Fixtures

Cut Sheet #6163

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 48mm No lens 54° up to 10° Recessed, Screwed 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 48mm 20mm Domed Glass Lens 27° - 43º up to 10° Recessed, Screwed 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 48mm 20mm Domed Glass Lens 8º - 28º up to 10° Recessed, Screwed 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 71mm No Lens 54° up to 35° Recessed, Screwed 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

AV-ID-2-48-NL-

Description Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 2-10 Wide) adjustable-focus accent fixture with no lens and 48mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 10° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with screws.

BL WH BC/GR CH/GR

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Bronzed Copper/Grey (BC/GR), Chrome/Grey (CH/GR)

AV-ID-2-48-20M-

Description Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 2-10 Medium) adjustable-focus accent fixture with 20mm domed glass lens and 48mm outer diameter; medium 27° - 43° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 10° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with screws.

BL WH BC/GR CH/GR

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Bronzed Copper/Grey (BC/GR),Chrome/Grey (CH/GR)

AV-ID-2-48-20N

Description Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 2-10 Focus) adjustable-focus accent fixture with 20mm domed glass lens and 48mm outer diameter; narrow 8° - 28° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 10° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with screws.

BL WH BC/GR CH/GR

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Bronzed Copper/Grey (BC/GR),Chrome/Grey (CH/GR)

AV-ID-2-71-NL-

Description Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 2-35 Wide) adjustable-focus accent fixture with no lens and 71mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 35° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with screws.

BL WH BC/GR CH/GR

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Bronzed Copper/Grey (BC/GR),Chrome/Grey (CH/GR)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

141

avant-garde Series Adjustable Accent Fixtures

Cut Sheet #6163 Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 71mm 20mm Domed Glass Lens 27° - 43º up to 35° Recessed, Screwed 0.2 kg (0.44 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 71mm 20mm Domed Glass Lens 8° - 28º up to 35° Recessed, Screwed 0.2 kg (0.44 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Indoor Ferrule 71mm No Lens 54º up to 25° Recessed, Screwed 0.2 kg (0.44 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Description Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 2-35 Medium) adjustable-focus accent fixture with 20mm domed glass lens and 71mm outer diameter; medium 27° - 43° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 35° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with screws.

BL WH BC/GR CH/GR

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Bronzed Copper/Grey (BC/GR),Chrome/Grey (CH/GR)

AV-ID-2-71-20N-

Description Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 2-35 Focus) adjustable-focus accent fixture with 20mm domed glass lens and 71mm outer diameter; narrow 8° - 28° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; up to 35° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with screws.

BL WH BC/GR CH/GR

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Bronzed Copper/Grey (BC/GR),Chrome/Grey (CH/GR)

AV-ID-3-71-NL-

Description Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 3-25 Wide) adjustable-focus accent fixture with no lens and 71mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; for use with 8.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; up to 25° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with screws.

BL WH BC/GR CH/GR

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Bronzed Copper/Grey (BC/GR), Chrome/Grey (CH/GR)

Catalog No.

AV-ID-3-71-26-

Description Avant-garde Series (Roblon size 3-25 Focus) adjustable-focus accent fixture with 26mm domed glass lens and 71mm outer diameter; narrow 6° - 31° beam angle (fiber size dependent); for use with 3.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; up to 25° tilt angle and 360° rotation; recessed mounting with screws.

BL WH BC/GR CH/GR

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Bronzed Copper/Grey (BC/GR),Chrome/Grey (CH/GR)

* Requires Ferrule Adapter (see pg. 19)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Interior Fixtures

Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 3.0mm*, 4.5mm*, 6.0mm* 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Ferrule Type: Indoor Ferrule Fixture Size: 71mm Lens Type: 26mm Domed Glass Lens Beam Angle: 6° - 31º Tilt Angle: up to 25° Mounting: Recessed, Screwed Weight: 0.2 kg (0.44 lbs) Primary Material: UV-stable Thermoplastic

AV-ID-2-71-20M-

note Series

Interior Fixtures

Compact Accent Fixtures

Three compact profiles Precision optical design Multiple beam angles Asymmetrical version and a unique decorative version Black, white and chrome finishes Accepts all fiber sizes Ideal for elegant lighting accents

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

143

note Series Compact Accent Fixtures

Cut Sheet #6173 Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm Micro Ferrule 14mm No Lens 54º up to 50º Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Tilt Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm Micro Ferrule 14mm 7mm Domed Glass Lens 32º up to 50º Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

NO-MC-1-14-NL-

Description Note Series (Roblon size 1 Wide) compact, fixed-focus accent fixture with no lens and 14mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; for use with 2.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; recessed mounting with tension clips.

BL WH CH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Chrome (CH)

Catalog No.

NO-MC-1-14-7M-

Description Note Series (Roblon size 1 Medium) compact, fixed-focus accent fixture with 7mm domed glass lens and 14mm outer diameter; medium 32° beam angle; for use with 2.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; recessed mounting with tension clips.

BL WH CH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Chrome (CH)

Interior Fixtures

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

144

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

note Series

Interior Fixtures

Compact Accent Fixtures

Cut Sheet #6173 Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 20mm No Lens 54º Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 20mm 12mm Domed Glass Lens 27º - 29º Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 20mm Diffusing Acrylic Prism 26º Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 20mm 15º Assymetric Acrylic Prism 70º / 45º @ 15º Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

NO-ID-2-20-NL-

Description Note Series (Roblon size 2 Wide) compact, fixedfocus accent fixture with no lens and 20mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with tension clips.

BL WH CH/BL

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Chrome/Black (CH/BL)

NO-ID-2-20-12M-

Description Note Series (Roblon size 2 Medium) compact, fixed-focus accent fixture with 12mm domed glass lens and 20mm outer diameter; medium 27° or 29° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with tension clips.

BL WH CH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Chrome (CH)

NO-ID-2-20-DIFF-

Description Note Series (Roblon size 2 Diffuse) compact, fixed-focus decorative fixture with diffusing acrylic prism lens and 20mm outer diameter; 26° beam angle plus light flare on ceiling around fixture; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with tension clips.

BL WH CH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Chrome (CH))

AV-ID-2-20-ASYM-

Description Note Series (Roblon size 2 Asymmetric) compact, fixed-focus accent fixture with asymmetric acrylic prism lens and 20mm outer diameter; 70° x 45° asymmetric beam spread tilted 15° for wall wash or step lighting; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with tension clips.

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Chrome (CH)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

BL WH CH

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

145

note Series Compact Accent Fixtures

Cut Sheet #6173 Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Indoor Ferrule 31mm No Lens 54º Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Weight: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Indoor Ferrule 31mm 20mm Domed Glass Lens 30º - 32º Recessed, Tension Clip 0.1 kg (0.22 lbs) UV-stable Thermoplastic

Catalog No.

NO-ID-3-31-NL-

Description Note Series (Roblon size 3 Wide) compact, fixedfocus accent fixture with no lens and 31mm outer diameter; wide 54° beam angle; for use with 8.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; recessed mounting with tension clips.

BL WH CH/BL

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Chrome/Black (CH/BL)

Catalog No.

NO-ID-3-31-20M-

Description Note Series (Roblon size 3 Medium) compact, fixed-focus accent fixture with 20mm domed glass lens and 31mm outer diameter; medium 30° or 32° beam angle (fiber size dependent); for use with 8.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; recessed mounting with tension clips.

BL WH CH

Finishes Available Black (BL), White (WH), Chrome (CH)

Interior Fixtures

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Outrigger Series

Interior Fixtures

Compact Fiber Optic Downlight Fixtures

Compact fixed-focus downlight Recessed tension mounting PMMA or glass fiber Multiple finish options Multiple lens options Full photometrics using VLT Lux Calculator

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

147

Outrigger Series Compact Fiber Optic Downlight Fixtures

Cut Sheet #6013

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule No Lens 54° Recessed, Tension Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

O R -I D -F X - 2 1-N L-

Description Outrigger Series (Roblon Mini Downlight Wide) compact, fixed-focus downlight with no lens and 21mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with tension clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule Plain Flat Glass Lens 54° Recessed, Tension Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

O R -I D -F X - 2 1-P G -

Description Outrigger Series (Roblon Mini Downlight Wide Glass) compact, fixed-focus downlight with plain flat glass lens and 21mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with tension clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 12mm Domed Glass Lens 11° - 36° Recessed, Tension Clip Aluminum

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 21mm Acrylic Cone N/A Recessed, Tension Clip Aluminum

Catalog No. O R - I D - F X - 2 1- 1 2 Description

Description (Roblon Outrigger Series (Roblonownlight Mini Downlight Outriggercompact, Series compact, fixed-focus downMedium) fixed-focus downlight with light with plainglass flat glass 21mm outer 12mm domed lenslens and and 21mm outer didiameter; beam or ameter; 11°54° - 36° beamangle; angle accepts (fiber sizePMMA dependglassaccepts fiber up to 6.0mm; mounting ent); PMMA or glassrecessed fiber up to 6.0mm; with tensionmounting clips; multiple available. recessed withfinishes tension clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP WH

Finishes Available

Finishes Silver (AL), Available Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH) White (WH)

Catalog No.

O R -I D - F X- 2 1- AC -

Description Outrigger Series (Roblon Mini Downlight Diffuse) compact, fixed-focus downlight with decorative acrylic cone lens and 21mm outer diameter; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with tension clips; multiple finishes available

AL BL BZ GP WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

Interior Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

Dolphin Series

Interior Fixtures

Fixed & Adjustable Fiber Optic Downlight Fixtures

Fixed or adjustable downlights Recessed spring clip mounting Multiple lens options Multiple finish options Full photometrics using VLT Lux Calculator PMMA or glass fiber

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

149

Dolphin Series 60mm Recessed Adjustable Focus Downlights

Cut Sheet #6023

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 60mm Plain Flat Glass Lens Adjustable 54° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 60mm 26mm Domed Glass Lens Adjustable 5° - 27° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule 60mm Plain Flat Glass Lens Adjustable 54° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule 60mm 26mm Domed Glass Lens Adjustable 17° - 30° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

DL-ID-RC-60-PG-

Description Dolphin Series adjustable-focus fully recessed downlight with plain flat glass lens and 60mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

DL-ID-RC-60-26-

Catalog No. Description

Dolphin Series adjustable-focus fully recessed downlight with 26mm domed glass lens and 60mm outer diameter; 5° - 27° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

DL-MX-RC-60-PG-

Dolphin Series adjustable-focus fully recessed downlight with 26mm domed glass lens and 60mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; for use with 8.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available

AL BL BZ WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), White (WH)

DL-MX-RC-60-26-

Description Dolphin Series adjustable-focus fully recessed downlight with 26mm domed glass lens and 60mm outer diameter; 17° - 30° beam angle (fiber size dependent); for use with 8.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), White (WH)

Plea se refer to VLT Lux Calculat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL BZ WH

Interior Fixtures

Description

150

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

Dolphin Series

Interior Fixtures

50mm Adjustable Focus Downlights

Cut Sheet #6023

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 50mm Plain Flat Glass Lens Adjustable 54° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 50mm 26mm Domed Glass Lens Adjustable 5° - 27° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule 50mm Plain Flat Glass Lens Adjustable 54° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule 50mm 26mm Domed Glass Lens Adjustable 17° - 30° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

DL-ID-AD-50-PG-

Description Dolphin Series (Roblon Classic Downlight Ø50 Wide Tiltable) adjustable-focus downlight with plain flat glass lens and 50mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

DL-ID-AD-50-26-

Description Dolphin Series (Roblon Classic Downlight Ø50 Focus Tiltable) adjustable-focus downlight with 26mm domed glass lens and 50mm outer diameter; 5° - 27° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

DL-MX-AD-50-PG-

Description Dolphin Series (Roblon Classic Downlight Max Ø50 Wide Tiltable) adjustable-focus downlight with plain flat glass lens and 50mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; for use with 8.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), White (WH)

Catalog No.

DL-MX-AD-50-26-

Description Dolphin Series (Roblon Classic Downlight Max Ø50 Focus Tiltable) adjustable-focus downlight with 26mm domed glass lens and 50mm outer diameter; 17° - 30° beam angle (fiber size dependent); for use with 8.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), White (WH)

Plea se refer to VLT Lux Calculat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL BZ WH

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

151

Dolphin Series 50mm Fixed Focus Downlights

Cut Sheet #6023

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 50mm Plain Flat Glass Lens Fixed 54° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 50mm 26mm Domed Glass Lens Fixed 5° - 27° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule 50mm Plain Flat Glass Lens Fixed 54° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule 50mm 26mm Domed Glass Lens Fixed 17° - 30° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

DL-ID-FX-50-PG-

Description Dolphin Series (Roblon Classic Downlight Ø50 Wide) fixed-focus downlight with plain flat glass lens and 50mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

DL-ID-FX-50-26-

Description Dolphin Series (Roblon Classic Downlight Ø50 Focus) fixed-focus downlight with 26mm domed glass lens and 50mm outer diameter; 5° - 27° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

DL-MX-FX-50-PG-

Description

AL BL BZ WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), White (WH)

DL-MX-FX-50-26-

Description Dolphin Series (Roblon Classic Downlight Max Ø50 Focus) fixed-focus downlight with 26mm domed glass lens and 50mm outer diameter; 17° - 30° beam angle (fiber size dependent); for use with 8.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), White (WH)

Plea se refer to VLT Lux Calculat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL BZ WH

Interior Fixtures

Dolphin Series (Roblon Classic Downlight Max Ø50 Wide) fixed-focus downlight with plain flat glass lens and 50mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; for use with 8.0mm through 10.0mm PMMA or glass fiber; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

152

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

Dolphin Series 32mm Adjustable Focus Downlights

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 32mm Plain Flat Glass Lens Adjustable 54° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 32mm 12mm Domed Glass Lens Adjustable 11° - 36° Recessed, Spring Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

DL-ID-AD-32-PG-

Description Dolphin Series (Roblon Classic Downlight Ø32 Wide Tiltable) adjustable-focus downlight with plain flat glass lens and 32mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

Catalog No.

DL-ID-AD-32-12-

Description Dolphin Series (Roblon Classic Downlight Ø32 Medium Tiltable) adjustable-focus downlight with 12mm domed glass lens and 32mm outer diameter; 11° - 36° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; recessed mounting with spring clips; multiple finishes available.

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

Interior Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

Cut Sheet #6023

Plea se refer to VLT Lux Calculat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL BZ GP WH

153

NOTES:

Interior Fixtures

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Monterey Series

Interior Fixtures

Adjustable Fiber Optic Accent Fixtures

Adjustable accent fixture Stem or surface mounting Multiple lens options Multiple finish options Full photometrics using VLT Lux Calculator Display case, wine rack, residential accents

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

155

Monterey Series Adjustable Fiber Optic Accent Fixtures

Cut Sheet #6033

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm Indoor Ferrule No Lens 54° Threaded Stem-Mount w/ Nut Aluminum

Catalog No.

MN-ID-SM-S-NL-

Description Monterey Series (Roblon Ball & Socket Wide) adjustable, threaded stem-mount accent fixture with no lens; 54º beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 4.5mm; multiple finishes available.

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black Gold Plated (GP)

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm Indoor Ferrule 12mm Domed Glass Lens 11° - 34° Threaded Stem-Mount w/ Nut Aluminum

Catalog No.

(BL),

(BZ),

Description Monterey Series (Roblon Ball & Socket Medium) adjustable, threaded stem-mount accent fixture with 12mm domed glass lens; 11º 34º beam angle (fiber size dependent); adjustable using zoom lens barrel; accept PMMA or glass fiber up to 4.5mm; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP

Finishes Available

Catalog No.

(BL),

Bronze

(BZ),

MN-ID-SM-S-26-

Description Monterey Series (Roblon Ball & Socket Focus) adjustable, threaded stem-mount accent fixture with 26mm domed glass lens; 5° - 24° beam angle (fiber size dependent); adjustable using zoom lens barrel; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 4.5 mm; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ GP

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP)

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm. 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 26mm Domed Glass Lens 5° - 27° Surface Mount, Screwed Aluminum

Catalog No.

MN-ID-SF-L-26-

Description Monterey Series adjustable surface mounted accent fixture with 26mm domed glass lens; 5° - 27° beam angle (fiber size dependent); adjustable using zoom lens barrel; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; multiple finishes available.

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Plea se refer to VLT Lux Calculat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL BZ

Interior Fixtures

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm Indoor Ferrule 26mm Domed Glass Lens 5° - 24° Threaded Stem-Mount w/ Nut Aluminum

Bronze

MN-ID-SM-S-12-

Silver (AL), Black Gold Plated (GP)

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

AL BL BZ GP

Spot Light Series

Interior Fixtures

Adjustable Fiber Optic Spot Light Fixtures

Spot lights and framing projectors PMMA or glass fiber Hard to soft focus UV-free framing and spot lighting

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

157

SPOT LIGHT SERIES Cut Sheet #6043

200 Series Spot Light Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Lens Assembly: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 200 Series Framing Projector Adjustable 34째 Surface Mount, Screwed Aluminum

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Lens Assembly: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material: Gobo Size: Pattern Thickness: Outside Diameter: Image Size:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 200 Series Gobo Projector Adjustable 34째 Surface Mount, Screwed Aluminum MAC 250 0.1mm - 2.0mm 22.5mm 14.0mm (min)/17.0mm (max)

SL-ID-SF-200-FP-

Description Spot Light 200 Series(Roblon Framing Spot) adjustable surface mounted framing projector with four adjustable shutter blades; shutter assembly rotates around body for accurate shutter alignment; triple lens system for crisp shutter cuts; accepts PMMA and glass fiber up to 6.0mm; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Catalog No.

SL-ID-SF-200-GP-

Description Spot Light 200 Series (Roblon Gobo Spot) adjustable surface mounted gobo projector; accepts standard or custom patterns in aluminum, glass or acetate; gobo assembly rotates around body for accurate pattern alignment; triple lens system for crisp imaging; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to6.0mm; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Catalog No.

SL-AC-200-LS-

Description Optional hood for Spot Light 200 Series fixtures blocks stray light and reduces glare

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Accessory: Fixture Style: Primary Material: Beam Angle:

Narrow Spot Lens 200 Series Aluminum 17째

Catalog No.

SL-AC-200-NS-

Description Optional lens for Spot Light 200 Series fixtures to create narrow beam angle for long throws

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL BZ

Interior Fixtures

Accessory: Light Shield Fixture Style: 200 Series Primary Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

Fiji Series

Interior Fixtures

Decorative Crystal Fiber Optic Fixtures

Swarovski leaded crystals Multiple crystal options PMMA or glass fiber Interior or exterior use Crystals cast patterns on mounting surface Three base finishes available

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

159

Fiji Series Cut Sheet #6053

Decorative Crystal Fiber Optic Fixtures

Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Ferrule Type: Indoor Ferrule Crystal Size: 12.5mm Crystal Style: Long Mounting: Semi-recessed, Tension Clip Base Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

FJ-ID-21-12-L-

Description Fiji Series (Roblon Crystal Spear 12.5) decorative fixture featuring 12.5mm elongated Swarovski leaded crystal; reflects decorative pattern on mounting surface; creates distinct pattern of eight small sharply pointed spears; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 60.mm; semi-recessed with tension clips; multiple finishes available.

BZ GP WH

Base Finishes Available Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Ferrule Type: Indoor Ferrule Crystal Size: 31mm Crystal Style: Long Mounting: Semi-recessed, Tension Clip Base Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

FJ-ID-21-31-L-

Description Fiji Series (Roblon Crystal Spear 31) decorative fixture featuring 31mm elongated Swarovski leaded crystal; reflects decorative pattern on on mounting surface; creates diffused pattern of multiple lines and spears; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm. Semi-recessed with tension clips; multiple finishes available.

BZ GP WH

Base Finishes Available Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

Catalog No.

FJ-ID-21-18-S-

Description Fiji Series (Roblon Crystal Ball 18.5) decorative fixture featuring 18.5mm spherical Swarovski leaded crystal; reflects decorative pattern on mounting surface; creates distinct frostwork pattern; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; semi-recessed with tension clips; multiple finishes available.

Base Finishes Available Bronze (BZ), Gold Plated (GP), White (WH)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

BZ GP WH

Interior Fixtures

Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Ferrule Type: Indoor Ferrule Crystal Size: 18.5mm Crystal Style: Sphere Mounting: Semi-recessed, Tension Clip Base Material: Aluminum

Nassau Series

Interior Fixtures

Fiber Optic Steplight Fixtures

Small silhouette steplight Multiple style options Multiple finish options PMMA or glass fiber Full photometrics using VLT Lux Calculator Mount on riser or side of stairs

I N T E R I O R

161

F I X T U R E S

Nassau Series Cut Sheet #6063

Fiber Optic Steplight Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm Shelf Ferrule 21mm No Lens 54°, Tilted Down 30° Recessed, Tension Clip Aluminum

Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm Ferrule Type: Indoor Ferrule Fixture Size: 31mm Lens Type: Plain Flat Glass Lens Beam Angle: 54°, Tilted Down 30° Mounting: Recessed, Conduit Primary Material: Stainless Steel 316

Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Ferrule Type: Outdoor Ferrule Fixture Size: 50mm Lens Type: Opal Lens Beam Angle: 18°, Tilted Back 10° Mounting: Semi-recessed, Screwed Primary Material: Stainless Steel 316

NS-SH-AST-21-NL-

Description Nassau Series (Roblon Asymetric Fitting 30º) steplight fixture with no lens and 21mm outer diameter; asymmetrical beam spread for illuminating horizontal plane of steps; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 3.0mm; recessed mounting with tension clips into side of staircase; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ WH

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), White (WH)

Catalog No.

NS-ID-AST-31-PG-SS

Description Nassau Series (Roblon Sirius Angle) steplight fixture with plain flat glass lens and 31mm outer diameter; asymmetrical beam spread for illuminating horizontal plane of steps; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 4.5mm; recessed mounting into 22mm conduit at side of staircase; stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel (SS) Outdoor IP44 Rated

Catalog No.

Marine

Grade

316,

NS-ID-ST-29-NL-

Description Nassau Series (Roblon Staircase Fitting) stair riser steplight fixture with glare shield, no lens and 29mm outer diameter; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; semi-recessed with tension clips on vertical plane of steps to illuminate horizontal stair tread; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Catalog No.

NS-OD-CR-50-OP-SS

Description Nassau Series (Roblon Eclipse) steplight/pathway fixture with opal lens and 50mm outer diameter; crescentshaped optics provide 10° backward light direction; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; semi-recessed onto walls with provided screws; bead blasted stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel (SS) - Bead Blasted Finish

Plea se refer to VLT Lux Calculat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Interior Fixtures

Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Ferrule Type: Indoor Ferrule Fixture Size: 29mm Lens Type: No Lens Beam Angle: Diffuse Mounting: Semi-recessed, Tension Clip Primary Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

Coral Series

Interior Fixtures

Fiber Optic Accent/Showcase Fixtures

Wall or cabinet mount Flexible gooseneck or custom rigid shapes PMMA or glass fiber Variable height and radius Discrete fixtures for lighting small items

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

163

Coral Series Cut Sheet #6073

Adjustable Fiber Optic Accent/Showcase Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA 4.5mm Jewelry Tube Ferrule Adjustable Focus 10mm OD Tube No Lens 54° Semi-Recessed, Nut Brass

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA 4.5mm Jewelry Tube Ferrule Adjustable Focus 10mm OD Tube 12mm Domed Glass Lens 27° to 37° Semi-Recessed, Nut Brass

Catalog No.

CR-JT-AD-10-NL-

BL BZ Coral Series (Roblon Jewelry Tube) adjustablefocus with no lens and 200mm height for indoor CH use (IP20); wide 54˚ beam angle; accepts 4.5mm SCH Description

PMMA; up to 25˚ tilt angle and 360˚ rotation; semi-recessed mounting with nut.

Finishes Available Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Chrome (CH) or Satin Chrome (SCH)

Catalog No.

CR-JT-AD-10-12M-

BL Coral Series (Roblon Jewelry Tube) adjustable- BZ focus with 12mm domed glass lens and 200mm CH height for indoor use (IP20); medium 27˚-37˚ SCH Description

beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts 4.5mm PMMA; up to 25˚ tilt angle and 360˚ rotation; semi-recessed mounting with nut.

Finishes Available

Plea se refer to VLT Lux Calculat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Interior Fixtures

Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Chrome (CH) or Satin Chrome (SCH)

164

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

Coral Series Cut Sheet #6073

Interior Fixtures

Adjustable Fiber Optic Accent/Showcase Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA 4.5mm Jewelry Tube Ferrule Adjustable Focus 10mm OD Tube No Lens 54° Semi-Recessed, Nut Brass

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA 4.5mm Jewelry Tube Ferrule Adjustable Focus 10mm OD Tube 12mm Domed Glass Lens 27° to 37° Semi-Recessed, Nut Brass

Catalog No.

CR/C-JT-AD-10-NL-

Description Coral Series (Roblon Jewelry Tube) adjustablefocus with no lens and customizable height up to 500mm for indoor use (IP20); wide 54˚ beam angle; accepts 4.5mm PMMA; up to 25˚ tilt angle and 360˚ rotation; semi-recessed mounting with nut.

BL BZ CH SCH

Finishes Available Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Chrome (CH) or Satin Chrome (SCH)

Catalog No. CR/C-JT-AD-10-12MDescription Coral Series (Roblon Jewelry Tube) adjustablefocus with 12mm domed glass lens and customizable height up to 500mm for indoor use (IP20); medium 27˚-37˚ beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts 4.5mm PMMA; up to 25˚ tilt angle and 360˚ rotation; semi-recessed mounting with nut.

Finishes Available Black (BL), Bronze (BZ), Chrome (CH) or Satin Chrome (SCH)

Please refer to VLT Lux Calcu la tor for a ll Ph otom etric s and Bea m A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

BL BZ CH SCH

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

165

Coral Series Cut Sheet #6073

Fixed Fiber Optic Accent/Showcase Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm Indoor Ferrule Rigid Tube 5mm OD Tube No Lens 54º Semi-Recessed, Tension Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

CR-ID-RG-5-NL

Description Coral Series (Roblon Light Tube) 5mm rigid light tube with embedded 3.0mm fiber and no lens; custom lengths and shapes available; tube rotates 360º in base; accepts PMMA and glass fiber up to 3.0mm to couple with embedded fiber; semi-recessed with tension clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm Indoor Ferrule Rigid Tube 6mm OD Tube No Lens 54º Semi-Recessed, Tension Clip Aluminum

CR-ID-RG-6-NL-

Catalog No. Description

Coral Series (Roblon Light Tube) 5mm rigid light tube with embedded 4.5mm fiber and no lens; custom lengths and shapes available; tube rotates 360º in base; accepts PMMA and glass fiber up to 4.5mm to couple with embedded fiber; semi-recessed with tension clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ

Interior Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule Rigid Tube 8mm OD Tube No Lens 54º Semi-Recessed, Tension Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

CR-ID-RG-10-NL-

Description Coral Series (Roblon Light Tube) 8mm rigid light tube with embedded 6.0mm fiber and no lens; custom lengths and shapes available; tube rotates 360º in base; accepts PMMA and glass fiber up to 6.0mm to couple with embedded fiber; semi-recessed with tension clips; multiple finishes available.

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

P l e a s e r e f e r t o V LT L u x C a l c u l a t o r f o r a l l P h o t o m e t r i c s a n d B e a m A n g l e s tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL BZ

166

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

Coral Series Cut Sheet #6073

Fixed Fiber Optic Accent/Showcase Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 3.0mm Coral Termination Rigid Tube 5mm OD Tube No Lens 54° Semi-Recessed, Tension Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

CR-CR-RG-5-NL-

Description Coral Series (Roblon Light Tube) 5mm rigid light tube with embedded Ø3mm fiber and no lens; custom lengths and shapes available; tube rotates 360° in base; embedded fiber routes back to illuminator as tail for up to 40% more light output than coupled version; semi-recessed with tension clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available

Interior Fixtures

Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 3.8mm (21 strands) Coral Termination Rigid Tube 6mm OD Tube No Lens 54° Semi-Recessed, Tension Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

CR-CR-RG-6-NL-

Description Coral Series (Roblon Light Tube) 6mm rigid light tube with embedded Ø3.8mm fiber and no lens; custom lengths and shapes available; tube rotates 360° in base; embedded fiber routes back to illuminator as tail for up to 40% more light output than coupled version; semirecessed with tension clips; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 6.0mm Coral Termination Rigid Tube 8mm OD Tube No Lens 54° Semi-Recessed, Tension Clip Aluminum

Catalog No.

CR-CR-RG-10-NL-

Description Coral Series (Roblon Light Tube) 8mm rigid light tube with embedded Ø6mm fiber and no lens; custom lengths and shapes available; tube rotates 360° in base; embedded fiber routes back to illuminator as tail for up to 40% more light output than coupled version; semirecessed with tension clips; multiple finishes available.

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Please refer to VLT Lux Calcu la tor for a ll Ph otom etric s and Bea m A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL BZ

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

167

Coral Series Cut Sheet #6073

Flexible Fiber Optic Accent/Showcase Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 4.5mm Flex Arm Termination Flexible Tube 10mm OD Tube No Lens 54° Semi-Recessed, Screwed Aluminum

Accessory: 12mm Domed Glass Lens Fixture Style: Flexible Tube Beam Angle: 24° - 34°

Catalog No.

CR-FA-FL-10-NL-BL

Description Coral Series (Roblon Flex Arm Termination) 10mm flexible gooseneck light tube with embedded Ø4.5mm fiber tail and no lens; tube rotates 360° in base; custom lengths and shapes available; screws provided.

Finishes Available Black (BL)

Catalog No.

CR-AC-FL-10-BL

Description Coral Series accessory 12mm domed glass lens for use with flexible gooseneck light tube.

Finishes Available Black (BL)

Interior Fixtures

P l e a s e r e f e r t o V LT L u x C a l c u l a t o r f o r a l l P h o t o m e t r i c s a n d B e a m A n g l e s tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Shelf Series

Interior Fixtures

Low Profile Fiber Optic Accent Fixtures

Low profile shelf/under cabinet fixtures Surface or Recessed Mounting Multiple finish options PMMA or glass fiber Full photometrics using VLT Lux Calculator Internal optics turn light at 90째 angle

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

169

Shelf series Cut Sheet #6083

Low Profile Fiber Optic Accent Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Mounting Surface Thickness: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm Shelf Ferrule Recessed 34mm Plain Flat Glass Lens 54째, Tilted Back 10째 Recessed, Core-drilled

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Style: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm Right Angle Ferrule Surface Mount 71mm No Lens 54째 Surface Mount, Screwed Aluminum

Minimum 16mm Aluminum

Catalog No.

SH-SH-RC-34-PG

Description Shelf Series (Roblon Shelf Fitting) low profile accent fixture with plain flat glass lens and 34mm outer diameter; designed to recess into wooden shelf; side fiber entry and internal optics focus light downward; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 3.0mm; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Catalog No.

SH-RA-SF-71-NL-

Description Shelf Series low profile puck light with no lens and 71mm outer diameter; designed for under counter or under cabinet lighting; side fiber entry with right angle ferrule to light downward; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 4.5mm; multiple finishes available.

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ) Interior Fixtures

P l e a s e r e f e r t o V LT L u x C a l c u l a t o r f o r a l l P h o t o m e t r i c s a n d B e a m A n g l e s tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Interior Fixtures

XPO Series

Custom linear showcase lighting Combine wash points and adjustable accent lights Multiple lens options PMMA or glass fiber Full photometrics using VLT Lux Calculator Multiple standard finishes; unlimited custom finishes

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

171

XPO Series Cut Sheet #6093

Building Your XPO System

For design flexibility, nothing beats XPO Series light bars The modular XPO system offers a range of components that combine to create showcase lighting to suit your exact needs. XPO gives you all the advantages of fiber optic lighting in a sleek, custom-built system. And though XPO is primarily a showcase lighting system, you’ll find that it also works for a variety of accent applications, because the conduit-based system frees you to put light exactly where you want it. On the following pages, you’ll find all the components needed to design your custom XPO system. Please take a few minutes to review “The Rules of XPO” on pages 178 and 179 – they’ll save you time by illustrating certain spacing and placement limitations. Once you’ve determined the basics for your application, our experienced lighting designers will be happy to help you finalize the design. How to begin Begin with XPO’s basic conduit. This “chaseway” is like a plumbing system for the fiber optic cable, so you’ll need to lay out a structure that goes everywhere the light needs to be. Don’t forget to plan where the illuminator(s) will be located and how the fiber optic tails will be routed. As a general rule, we recommend keeping the illuminators within 15' of the XPO light bars to maintain high light output. Swivel, right-angle and “T” connectors transform the conduit into a complete system, and allow connected lengths to rotate in different directions. Choose your light

• Where you want general lighting, place groupings of wash point modules. Light levels in these areas can be controlled by fiber choice, or by custom-spacing of the wash points. • Where you want spot-lighting, place individual Adjustable Accent Modules. These adjustable spot lights can tilt up to 38° in all directions and accept any of the six XPO lenses. XPO lenses are available in two profiles, with beam spreads ranging from 8° to 54°. Choose your mounting Select the mounting components that suit your needs. Mounting clips hold the XPO bar parallel to the mounting surface, while bushings and flanges attach the bar to a perpendicular mounting surface. Once again, our lighting designers can advise you on the best choices for your particular application, so feel free to contact us with any questions. We look forward to helping you build an XPO light bar system that fulfills your exact lighting needs. For an example of an XPO application, see page 230.

P l e a s e r e f e r t o V LT L u x C a l c u l a t o r f o r a l l P h o t o m e t r i c s a n d B e a m A n g l e s tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Interior Fixtures

Once you’ve determined the overall structure of your XPO system, you’ll need to choose the right XPO light modules for your desired lighting effect; these modules can be placed almost anywhere along the conduit to produce the lighting effect you want.

172

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

XPO Series Cut Sheet #6093

Light Modules Component: Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Focus: Primary Material:

Wash Module PMMA or Glass 0.75mm, 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm XPO Wash Termination No Lens 54° Fixed ABS Plastic

Adjustable Accent Module PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm XPO Fitting Termination Accepts All XPO Lenses, Sold Separately Beam Angle: See XPO Lenses for Information Focus: Adjustable Primary Material: ABS Plastic

Interior Fixtures

Component: Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type:

End Cap Accent Module PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm XPO Fitting Termination Accepts All XPO Lenses, Sold Separately Beam Angle: See XPO Lenses for Information Focus: Adjustable Primary Material: ABS Plastic Component: Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type:

Catalog No.

XP-XW-FX-S-NL-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) fixed-focus wash point with no lens, accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 2.0mm; typical spacing of 25mm on center; custom spacing available

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Catalog No.

XP-XF-AD-S-NL-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) adjustable-focus accent module for use with all XPO lenses; tiltable 38° in all directions; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 4.5mm; typical spacing of 50mm on center; custom spacing available

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Catalog No.

XP-XF-AD-EC-NL-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) end-cap mounted adjustable-focus accent module for use with all XPO lenses; tiltable 38° in all directions; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 4.5mm

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Adjustable Accent Module Lenses Component: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Primary Material:

15°-30° Lens for Accent Modules 28mm diameter 20mm Domed Glass Lens 8°-22° ABS Plastic

Catalog No. XP-AC-28-20-1530Description XPO Series (Roblon) lens assembly with 20mm domed glass lens for use with all XPO accent modules; 15°-30° beam spread

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Please refer to VLT Lux Calcu la tor for a ll Ph otom etric s and Bea m A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

173

XPO Series Cut Sheet #6093

Adjustable Accent Module Lenses Component: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Primary Material:

30°-45° Lens for Accent Modules 28mm diameter 20mm Domed Glass Lens 28°-37° ABS Plastic

Catalog No. XP-AC-28-20-3045Description XPO Series (Roblon) lens assembly with 20mm domed glass lens for use with all XPO accent modules; 30°-45° beam spread

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Component: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Primary Material:

60° Lens for Accent Modules 28mm diameter No Lens 54° ABS Plastic

Catalog No.

XP-AC-28-NL-60-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) lens assembly with no lens for use with all XPO accent modules; 60° beam spread

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Catalog No.

Component: Black-Out Lens for Accent Modules Fixture Size: 28mm diameter Lens Type: No Lens Beam Angle: No Light Output Primary Material: ABS Plastic

XP-AC-28-NL-BO-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) lens assembly with covered (black-out) canopy for use with all XPO accent modules; allows individual accent modules to be “turned off”

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Component: Mini 30°-45° Lens for Accent Modules Fixture Size: 15mm diameter Lens Type: 12mm Domed Glass Lens Beam Angle: 28°-37° Primary Material: ABS Plastic

Component: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Primary Material:

Mini 60° Lens for Accent Modules 15mm diameter No Lens 54° ABS Plastic

Catalog No. XP-AC-15-12-3045Description XPO Series (Roblon) mini lens assembly with 12mm domed glass lens for use with all XPO accent modules; 30°-45° beam spread; reduces overall profile of XPO system

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Catalog No.

XP-AC-15-NL-60-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) mini lens assembly with no lens for use with all XPO accent modules; 60° beam spread; reduces overall profile of XPO system

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

P l e a s e r e f e r t o V LT L u x C a l c u l a t o r f o r a l l P h o t o m e t r i c s a n d B e a m A n g l e s tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL

Interior Fixtures

Adjustable Accent Module Mini Lenses

174

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

XPO Series Cut Sheet #6093

System Components

Component: Conduit Primary Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

XP-AC-CD-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) conduit; the backbone of the XPO System; used as mounting plane for wash point and accent modules, and as chaseway for fiber optic cables

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Component: Swivel Connector Primary Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

XP-AC-SW-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) swivel connector; connects two XPO conduit segments in strait line; allows connected segments to rotate in different directions

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available

Interior Fixtures

Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Component: Right Angle Connector Primary Material: Aluminum with ABS Plastic Cover

Catalog No.

XP-AC-RA-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) right angle connector; connects two XPO conduit segments at a 90° angle; allows connected segments to rotate in different directions

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Component: “T” Connector Primary Material: Aluminum with ABS Plastic Cover

Catalog No.

XP-AC-T-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) “T” connector; connects three XPO conduit segments in “T” configuration; allows three connected segments to rotate in different directions

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Please refer to VLT Lux Calcu la tor for a ll Ph otom etric s and Bea m A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

175

XPO Series Cut Sheet #6093

System Components Catalog No.

Component: End Cap Primary Material: ABS Plastic

XP-AC-ECAL BL

Description XPO Series (Roblon) end cap; provides attractive finish for exposed conduit segment ends

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Catalog No.

Component: Flex Hose Primary Material: Nylon # of Fibers

≤ 85: 86 – 164: 165 – 203: 204 – 300:

XP-AC-FH-BL

Outer Diameter

Bend Radius

Description

13mm (0.511) 16mm (0.629) 18.5mm (0.728) 21.1mm (0.830)

1.5" 1.75" 2" 2.25"

XPO Series (Roblon) flex hose; flexible covering for fiber tails exiting from end of conduit

Finishes Available Black (BL)

Catalog No.

XP-AC-SB-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) shelf bracket; supports edge of shelf (not included) to convert XPO lighting system into complete display system; four brackets required per shelf; maximum weight per bracket: 2kg (4.4 lbs); per shelf: 4 x 2kg = 8kg (17.5 lbs) (always include weight of shelf itself in calculations)

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Accessory: Double Shelf Bracket Primary Material: ABS Plastic Max Weight Per Side: 1kg (2.2 lbs.)

Catalog No.

XP-AC-SB2-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) double shelf bracket; 2piece set of interlocking brackets supports edges of two adjacent shelves at same level; maximum shelf weight per side: 1kg (2.2lbs) (always include weight of shelf itself in calculations)

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

P l e a s e r e f e r t o V LT L u x C a l c u l a t o r f o r a l l P h o t o m e t r i c s a n d B e a m A n g l e s tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL

Interior Fixtures

Accessory: Shelf Bracket Primary Material: ABS Plastic Max Weight Per Bracket: 2kg (4.4 lbs.)

176

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

XPO Series Cut Sheet #6093

Mounting Components

Accessory: Mounting Clip Primary Material: ABS Plastic

Catalog No.

XP-AC-MC-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) mounting clip; attaches XPO segment to parallel mounting surface; XPO conduit â&#x20AC;&#x153;snapsâ&#x20AC;? into clip allowing for free rotation of light bar.

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Accessory: Mounting Bracket Primary Material: ABS Plastic

Catalog No.

XP-AC-BR-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) mounting bracket; attaches XPO segment to parallel mounting surface; XPO conduit locks into bracket keeping light bar from rotating; screws included

AL BL

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL)

Interior Fixtures

Accessory: Mounting Bushing - Closed End Primary Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

XP-AC-MB-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) mounting bushing; threaded with nut for fixing XPO segment to perpendicular surface; closed-end bushing provides additional support for XPO light bar

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Accessory: Mounting Bushing - Pass Through Primary Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

XP-AC-PB-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) mounting bushing; threaded with nut for fixing XPO segment to perpendicular surface; pass-through bushing with open end provides leeway for installation into fixed spaces

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Please refer to VLT Lux Calcu la tor for a ll Ph otom etric s and Bea m A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

AL BL BZ

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

177

XPO Series Mounting Components

Cut Sheet #6093

Accessory: Flange - Plain Primary Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

XP-AC-FP-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) plain flange; optional finish element for front-mount installation; fits around bushing at base of XPO conduit to provide additional stability for tall systems

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Accessory: Flange - Screw Primary Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

XP-AC-FS-

Description XPO Series (Roblon) screw flange; for frontmount installation when rear surface cannot be accessed; fits around bushing at base of XPO conduit and secures light bar to mounting surface; screws included

AL BL BZ

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Accessory: Flange - Key Hole Primary Material: Aluminum

Catalog No.

XP-AC-FK-

Description

Finishes Available Silver (AL), Black (BL), Bronze (BZ)

Accessory: CTO Filter Primary Material: Dichroic Glass

Catalog No.

XP-AC-CTO-

Description XPO Series Dichroic CTO Glass Filter for use in adjustable-focus accent module; available in 4 color correction levels.

Color Correction 4200° to 3600° (1/4), 4200° to 3100° (1/2) 4200° to 2700° (3/4), 4200° to 2500° (FULL)

P l e a s e r e f e r t o V LT L u x C a l c u l a t o r f o r a l l P h o t o m e t r i c s a n d B e a m A n g l e s tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

1/4 1/2 3/4 FULL

Interior Fixtures

XPO Series (Roblon) key-hole flange; optional finish element for rear-mount installation; twopiece flange fits around bushing at base of XPO segment to cover larger through-holes

AL BL BZ

178

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

The Rules of XPO Cut Sheet #6093

Fiber Requirements

Each XPO Light Module utilizes fibers of various sizes, which determines the light intensity for that module. These individual fibers require physical space within the conduit (or light bar), which has limited capacity. The larger the fiber used, the brighter the light output for that module, but also, the more space the fiber will take up within the conduit. If the capacity of the conduit is exceeded, multiple fiber tails can be used to split the total. The table below allows you to calculate the number of tails your light bar will require by converting the size and quantities of fibers into "units". The maximum capacity of a single fiber tail is 300 units; more than 300 units will require dual tails. If your system calculates to more than 600 units, please call our office to discuss your application with one of our lighting designers.

WORKSHEET

Adjustable Accents

Wash Points

FIBER SIZE

QTY

TOTAL UNITS PER FIBER SIZE

MULTIPLIER

0.75mm

1.0mm

1.75

1.5mm

2.0mm

3.0mm

4.5mm

TOTAL UNITS PER SYSTEM*

*More than 300 Units Requires Dual Fiber Tails

Interior Fixtures

Section View

Max. 300 Fibers with Single Fiber Tail

Max. 600 Fibers with Dual Fiber Tails

Please refer to VLT Lux Calcu la tor for a ll Ph otom etric s and Bea m A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

179

The Rules of XPO Minimum Distance Guidelines

Cut Sheet #6093

From Accent Module to Accent Module

From Wash Module to Wash Module

From Wash Module to Accent Module

From Accent Module to End Cap

From Wash Module to End Cap

From Accent Module to End Cap Accent Module

From Wash Module to End Cap Accent Module

From Accent Module to Bushing

From Wash Module to Bushing

From Accent Module to Flex Hose

From Wash Module to Flex Hose Interior Fixtures

From Accent Module to “T” Connector

From Accent Module to Right Angle Connector

From Wash Module to Right Angle Connector

From Wash Module to “T” Connector

From Accent Module to Swivel Connector

P l e a s e r e f e r t o V LT L u x C a l c u l a t o r f o r a l l P h o t o m e t r i c s a n d B e a m A n g l e s tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Interior Fixtures

Interior fixtures accessories

I N T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

181

accessories Accessories

Cut Sheet #6183

Accessory: Mounting Kit Fixture Size Opening 20/22: 16mm 26: 22mm 31: 25mm 47/48: 41mm 58: 51mm 71: 64mm Weight: 0.9kg (2 lbs.) Primary Material: Cold Rolled Steel

Accessory: Ferrule Adapter

AC-MK-RC-

20/22 26 Description 31 Rough-in kit for recessed ceiling installations of 47/48 Nova, Avant-garde, Bebop and Note Series fixtures; hanger bars included; cold rolled steel. 58 71 Fixture Sizes 20 or 22mm OD (20/22), 26mm OD (26), 31mm OD (31), 47 or 48mm OD (47/48), 58mm OD (58), 71mm OD (71)

Catalog No.

AC-MK-PL-

20/22 26 Description 31 Plenum-rated rough-in kit for recessed ceiling installations of Nova, Avant-garde, Bebop and 47/48 Note Series fixtures; hanger bars included; cold 58 rolled steel. 71 Fixture Sizes 20 or 22mm OD (20/22), 26mm OD (26), 31mm OD (31), 47 or 48mm OD (47/48), 58mm OD (58), 71mm OD (71)

Catalog No.

AC-ID-3-26-FA

Description Ferrule adapter for use with Nova and Avantgarde Series fixtures; adapts fixtures to accept 3.0mm, 4.5mm, and 6.0mm indoor ferrules.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Interior Fixtures

Accessory: Mounting Kit Fixture Size Opening 20/22: 16mm 26: 22mm 31: 25mm 47/48: 41mm 58: 51mm 71: 64mm Weight: 0.9kg (2 lbs.) Primary Material: Cold Rolled Steel

Catalog No.

182

Fixture Finishes

SILVER (AL)

Interior Fixtures

BRONZE (BZ)

BLACK (BL)

GOLD PLATED (GP)

WHITE (WH)

light cHANNEL & XPO Finishes CUSTOM FINISHES ALSO AVAILABLE

SILVER (AL)

BLACK (BL)

BRONZE (BZ)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

183

NOTES:

Interior Fixtures

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

184

exterior fixture Selection Guide

Fixture Series

Neptune Series



 

Exterior Fixtures

Reef Series

 



IP 68 to 10m Depth



 

   

IP 68 to 1m Depth or IP 44



 

IP 68 to 1m Depth

 



Eclipse Series



IP 56

Paver Series



IP64



 

  



 



White (WH)

Bead Blasted

Finishes Available

Polished

Recessed

Surface or Recessed Mounting

Surface

Fixed

Adjustable

Focus

Plastic

316 Stainless

303 Stainless

IP Rating IP 68 to 1m Depth

Material



Atlantis Series

Sirius Series

IP Rating

Underwater

Decorative

Downlight

Uplight

Primary Use



tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630



E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

185

exterior fixtures

iber optic lighting was first developed to separate electricity from wet environments such as pools, fountains and spas. Since then, the practical advantages of fiber have made it a popular choice for many other outdoor applications, including architectural accents, landscape lighting, pathway and step lighting. Visual Lighting Technologies offers a large array of stylish exterior fixtures for safe, attractive and rugged outdoor lighting that is always cool to the touch. Exterior fixtures possess a variety of features and options that you’ll want to compare when making a choice for your application. The Exterior Fixture Selection Guide, opposite, provides a quick breakdown based on six important fixture considerations, beginning with Primary Use. You can predict the light output from most of our exterior fixtures by using the Lux Calculator, which can be downloaded from our website at www.visual-lighting.com. The Application Guides included in this section will help you understand the basic design and installation considerations you’ll encounter when planning two common exterior lighting projects.

More Cut Sheets Whenever You Need Them

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Exterior Fixtures

Neptune Series In-ground Uplight Fixtures

Exterior-rated in-ground uplight Marine grade 316 stainless steel

Exterior Fixtures

Rugged construction for drive-over conditions Multiple lens and colored insert options Full photometrics using VLT Lux Calculator Fully submersible for use in fountains

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

187

Neptune Series Cut Sheet #7013

Building Your Neptune Fixture

Neptune (Roblon Compass) is a remarkably attractive and versatile exterior fixture that can be customized for landscape, hardscape or waterscape applications. It’s rugged construction makes Neptune suitable for drive-over conditions, and its IP68 rating to 1 meter makes it equally at home in an underwater environment. A Neptune fixture is assembled using four main system components – the Rough-in Housing, Trim Assembly, Flex Hose Conduit, and a Mounting Kit.

Rough-in Housing Neptune fixtures accept PMMA, glass, and large core fiber, and the fiber size you use will determine the appropriate Rough-in Housing. Fiber sizes up to 6.0mm use the “OD” Rough-in Housing, fiber sizes between 8.0mm and 10.0mm use the “MX” Rough-in Housing. Trim Assembly It’s the flexibility of Neptune’s Trim Assembly that makes it a great fixture choice for so many applications. Trim Assemblies are composed of three parts: the Flange, the Housing Lens, and the Insert with Fixture Lens. • Choose the Flange that best suits your project: a recessed version fits flush with the mounting surface, perfect for drive-over conditions. The angled flange is for semi-exposed placement and tapers down to the mounting surface - ideal for retro-fits. • The Housing Lens is available in clear or opal. Choose the clear lens when using Neptune as a wash or spot light; the opal lens transforms Neptune into a durable lighted paver. • Finally, choose the Insert with Fixture Lens - either a fixed focus flood or spot light, or an adjustable focus spot light.

Flex Hose Conduit Flex-Hose Conduit routes the fiber from the illuminator into the Neptune fixture, ensuring a water-tight seal. Choose “OD” or “MX”, to match your housing size. Mounting Kit The Mounting Kit is the final component of the Neptune Fixture, available in three versions for poured concrete, core-drilled applications, or landscape installation. Depending on your project’s specific installation details, the Mounting Kit may not be necessary. To further customize your Neptune fixture, you can also choose from a selection of accessory inserts (gray, white, blue, green or gold) to camouflage the fixture in its installation environment. For help creating a parts list or in assembling a complete Neptune system, feel free to contact one of our lighting designers at any time. Exterior Fixtures

188

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

Neptune Series System Capabilities

Cut Sheet #7013

Neptune Series fixtures utilize a high performance optical system resulting in long throw distances. The VLT Lux Calculator should be used to determine your exact system performance, but the figures below show the results achieved from Neptune fixtures in a typical system setup. Brighter light output is possible using larger fibers and shorter fiber lengths.

Fixed Focus with 26mm fixture lens

Fixed Focus with no fixture lens

Adjustable Focus with 26mm fixture lens

*Light output shown for Neptune fixtures in the following system configuration: - Silver Series 150 watt Metal Halide Illuminator; port filled to 500 strands of 0.75mm PMMA fiber (10 fixtures per illuminator) - MegoFlex EL fiber with 6.0mm active diameter (50 strands of 0.75mm fiber); One 15'-0" length of fiber per fixture

Rough-in Housings

Exterior Fixtures

Fiber Size: Ferrule Type: Mounting: Primary Material: IP Rating:

3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule Recessed Stainless Steel IP68 to 1m Depth

Catalog No.

N T- H - 10 0 - OD

Description Neptune Series (Roblon Compass) rough-in housing for use with PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; molded from 316 stainless steel; underwater rated (IP68 to 1 meter water pressure).

*Shown with straight flange

Fiber Size: Ferrule Type: Mounting: Primary Material: IP Rating:

8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule Recessed Stainless Steel IP68 to 1m Depth

Catalog No.

N T- H - 10 0 -M X

Description Neptune Series (Roblon Compass Max) rough-in housing for use with PMMA, glass or large core fiber up to 10.0mm; molded from 316 stainless steel; underwater rated (IP68 to 1 meter water pressure).

*Shown with angled flange

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

189

Neptune Series Trim Assemblies

Cut Sheet #7013

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Lens: Housing Lens: Focus: Beam Angle:

PMMA or Glass 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule 26mm Domed Glass Lens Plain Flat Glass Lens Adjustable 7°- 20°

Catalog No.

NT-OD-AD-26-PG-

Description

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass Angle Clear) adjustable-focus trim assembly with 26mm ST domed glass fixture lens, plain flat glass housing lens, and gray clover-shaped insert; 18° tilt; 7° - 20° beam angle (fiber size dependent); fixture lens field-removable to provide 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; two flange options available.

Flange Options: Angled (AN) or Straight (ST) *Shown with angled flange

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Lens: Housing Lens: Focus: Beam Angle:

PMMA or Glass 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule 26mm Domed Glass Lens Plain Flat Glass Lens Fixed 7°- 20°

Catalog No.

NT-OD-FX-26-PG-

Description

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass Focus Clear) fixed-focus trim assembly with 26mm domed ST glass fixture lens, plain flat glass housing lens, and white standard round insert; 7° - 20° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; two flange options available.

Flange Options: Angled (AN) or Straight (ST) *Shown with straight flange

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Lens: Housing Lens: Focus: Beam Angle:

PMMA or Glass 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule No Lens Plain Flat Glass Lens Fixed 54°

Catalog No.

NT-OD-FX-NL-PGAN

Description

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass Wide Clear) ST fixed-focus trim assembly with no fixture lens, plain flat glass housing lens, and white standard round insert; 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; two flange options available.

Flange Options: Exterior Fixtures

Angled (AN) or Straight (ST) *Shown with angled flange

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Lens: Housing Lens: Focus: Beam Angle:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule No Lens Opal Glass Lens Fixed 114°

*Shown with straight flange

Catalog No.

NT-OD-FX-NL-OP-

Description

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass Wide Opal) fixed-focus trim assembly with no fixture lens, ST opal glass housing lens, and white standard round insert; 114° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass up to 6.0mm; two flange options available.

Flange Options: Angled (AN) or Straight (ST)

190

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

Neptune Series Trim Assemblies

Cut Sheet #7013

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Lens: Housing Lens: Focus: Beam Angle:

PMMA, Glass or Large Core 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule 26mm Domed Glass Lens Plain Flat Glass Lens Adjustable 16°- 22°

Catalog No.

NT-MX-AD-26-PG-

Description

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass Angle Max Clear) adjustable-focus trim assembly with ST 26mm domed glass fixture lens, plain flat glass housing lens, and gray clover-shaped insert; 18° tilt; 16°22° beam angle (fiber size dependent); fixture lens fieldremovable to provide 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA, glass or large core fiber up to 10.0mm; two flange options available.

Flange Options:

*Shown with straight flange

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Lens: Housing Lens: Focus: Beam Angle:

PMMA , Glass or Large Core 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule 26mm Domed Glass Lens Plain Flat Glass Lens Fixed 16°- 22°

*Shown with angled flange

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Lens: Housing Lens: Focus: Beam Angle:

PMMA, Glass or Large Core 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule No Lens Plain Flat Glass Lens Fixed 54°

Exterior Fixtures

*Shown with straight flange

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Lens: Housing Lens: Focus: Beam Angle:

PMMA, Glass or Large Core 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule No Lens Opal Glass Lens Fixed 114°

Angled (AN) or Straight (ST)

Catalog No.

NT-MX-FX-26-PGAN

Description

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass Focus Max ST Clear) fixed-focus trim assembly with 26mm domed glass fixture lens, plain flat glass housing lens, and white standard round insert; 16°- 22° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA, glass or large core fiber up to 10.0mm; two flange options available.

Flange Options: Angled (AN) or Straight (ST)

Catalog No.

NT-MX-FX-NL-PG-

Description

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass Wide Max Clear) fixed-focus trim assembly with no fixture ST lens, plain flat glass housing lens, and white standard round insert; 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA, glass or large core fiber up to 10.0mm; two flange options available.

Flange Options: Angled (AN) or Straight (ST)

Catalog No.

NT-MX-FX-NL-OP-

Description

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass Wide Max Opal) fixed-focus trim assembly with no fixture ST lens, opal glass housing lens, and white standard round insert; 114° beam angle; accepts PMMA, glass or large core fiber up to 10.0mm; two flange options available.

Flange Options: Angled (AN) or Straight (ST)

*Shown with angled flange

Plea se refer to VLT Lux Calculat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

191

Neptune Series Accessory Mounting Kits & Flex Hose

Cut Sheet #7013

Catalog No. Accessory: Mounting Kit Mounting: Poured Concrete (fully recessed with straight flange) Core Drilled (semi-recessed with straight or angled flange)

Accessory: Mounting Kit Mounting: Core Drilled (fully recessed with straight flange)

Description Neptune Series (Roblon Compass) accessory mounting kit. Suitable for recessed installation os straight (ST) flanged fixtures into poured concrete, or suitable for semi-recessed installation of straight (ST) or angled (AN) flange fixtures into core drilled pavers or concrete.

Catalog No. Description

Flex-Hose Conduit 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule Nylon

Accessory: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Primary Material: Min. Bend Radius:

Flex-Hose Conduit 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule Nylon

N T- AC - MK - T

Description Neptune Series (Roblon Compass) accessory mounting kit. Suitable for semi-recessed installation of straight (ST) or angled (AN) flange fixtures into landscape.

Catalog No.

N T- AC - F H -O D

Description Neptune Series (Roblon Compass) accessory flexhose conduit for use with PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; protects fiber and ensures a waterproof connection between illuminator and fixture.

2.25"

Catalog No.

N T- AC - F H -M X

Description Neptune Series (Roblon Compass) accessory flexhose conduit for use with PMMA, glass or large core fiber up to 10.0mm; protects fiber and ensures a waterproof connection between illuminator and fixture.

Plea se refer to VLT Lux Calculat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Exterior Fixtures

Accessory: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Primary Material: Min. Bend Radius:

N T- AC - M K- D

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass) accessory mounting kit suitable for recessed installation of straight (ST) flange fixtures into core drilled pavers or concrete.

Catalog No. Accessory: Mounting Kit Mounting: Landscape (semi-recessed with straight or angled flange)

N T- AC - M K- C

192

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

Neptune Series

Exterior Fixtures

Accessory Inserts & Flanges

Cut Sheet #7013

Accessory: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Focus: Primary Material:

Colored Insert 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule Adjustable Plastic

Accessory: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Focus: Primary Material:

Colored Insert 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule Fixed Plastic

Accessory: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Focus: Primary Material:

Colored Insert 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule Adjustable Plastic

Accessory: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Focus: Primary Material:

Colored Insert 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule Fixed Plastic

Accessory: Flange Primary Material: Stainless Steel

Catalog No.

N T-AC - O D- A D-

Description

BLU

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass) accessory clover-shaped adjustable focus insert; for use GLD with PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; color does not affect light output and should be se- GRN lected to blend in with surroundings; multiple WHT colors available. Colors: Blue (BLU), Gold (GLD), Green (GRN), White (WHT)

Catalog No.

N T- AC -O D - F X

Description

BLU

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass) accessory standard round fixed focus insert; for use with GLD PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; color does not affect light output and should be selected to GRY blend in with GRN surroundings; multiple colors available. Colors: Blue (BLU), Gold (GLD), Gray (GRY), Green (GRN)

Catalog No.

N T- AC - MX - A D

Description

BLU

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass) accessory clovershaped adjustable focus insert; for use with PMMA, GLD glass or large core fiber up to 10.0mm; color does not GRN affect light output and should be selected to blend in WHT with surroundings; multiple colors available. Colors: Blue (BLU), Gold (GLD), Green (GRN), White (WHT)

Catalog No.

N T- AC - MX - F X

Description

BLU

Neptune Series (Roblon Compass) accessory standard round fixed focus insert; for use with GLD PMMA, glass or large core fiber up to 10.0mm; color does not affect light output and should be GRY selected to blend in with surroundings; multiple GRN colors available. Colors: Blue (BLU), Gold (GLD), Gray (GRY), Green (GRN)

Catalog No.

N T- AC - F-P

Description Neptune Series (Roblon Compass) accessory flange in polished finish.

Flange Options: Angled (AN) or Straight (ST)

ST AN

193

NOTES:

Exterior Fixtures

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Atlantis Series Underwater Fixtures for Pools and Fountains

Marine grade 316 stainless steel Fully submersible to 30 feet

Exterior Fixtures

Fixed flood or spot lenses Rough-in kit for poured concrete Full photometrics using VLT Lux Calculator Underwater rated for pools and fountains

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

195

Atlantis Series Cut Sheet #7023

35mm Underwater Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 35mm 12mm Domed Glass Lens Fixed 10° - 36° (7° - 27° in water) Semi-Recessed, Conduit or Plate Stainless Steel IP68 to 10m Depth

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule 35mm Plain Flat Glass Lens Fixed 54° (38° in water) Semi-Recessed, Conduit or Plate Stainless Steel IP68 to 10m Depth

Accessory: Fixture Size: Dimensions: Conduit Size:

Mounting Kit 35mm ø33mm x 65mm [ø 1.30 x 2.56] 1/2"

AT- I D- F X - 35 -1 2 - S S

Description Atlantis Series (Roblon Aquarius 35 Medium) fixedfocus underwater fixture with 12mm domed glass lens and 35mm outer diameter; 10° - 36° beam angle (fiber size dependent); underwater rated (IP68 to 10m depth); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts into conduit or onto metal plate (nut provided); electro-polish finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Catalog No.

AT- O D- F X - 35 -P G -S S

Description Atlantis Series (Roblon Aquarius 35 Wide) fixed-focus underwater fixture with plain flat glass lens and 35mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; underwater rated (IP68 to 10m depth); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts into conduit or onto metal plate (nut provided); electro-polish finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Catalog No.

AT-AC - M K -3 5

Description Atlantis Series rough-in kit for poured concrete installations; for use with 35mm fixture; connects to 1/2" Schedule 40 conduit.

Catalog No.

AT-AC - T K -3 5

Description Atlantis Series tool kit for installation of fixture; for use with 35mm fixture.

Exterior Fixtures

Accessory: Tool Kit Fixture Size: 35mm

Catalog No.

196

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

Atlantis Series 70mm Underwater Fixtures

Cut Sheet #7023

Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm, 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Ferrule Type: Indoor Ferrule Fixture Size: 70mm Lens Type: 26mm Domed Glass Lens Focus: Fixed Beam Angle: 7° - 33° (5° - 24° in water) Mounting: Semi-Recessed, Conduit or Plate Primary Material: Stainless Steel IP Rating: IP68 to 10m Depth

Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm, 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Ferrule Type: Outdoor or Max Ferrule Fixture Size: 70mm Lens Type: Plain Flat Glass Lens Focus: Fixed Beam Angle: 54° (38° in water) Mounting: Semi-Recessed, Conduit or Plate Primary Material: Stainless Steel IP Rating: IP68 to 10m Depth

Exterior Fixtures

Accessory: Fixture Size: Dimensions: Conduit Size:

Mounting Kit 70mm ø 68mm x 70mm [ø2.68 x 2.76] 1" or 1.5"

Accessory: Tool Kit Fixture Size: 70mm

Catalog No.

AT-ID-FX-70-26-SS

Description Atlantis Series (Roblon Aquarius 70 Focus) fixedfocus underwater fixture with 26mm domed glass lens and 70mm outer diameter; 7° - 33° beam angle (fiber size dependent); under-water rated (IP68 to 10m depth); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 10.0mm; mounts into conduit or onto metal plate (nut provided); electro-polish finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Catalog No.

AT-OD/MX-FX-70-PG-SS

Description Atlantis Series (Roblon Aquarius 70 Wide) fixed-focus underwater fixture with plain flat glass lens and 70mm outer diameter; 54º beam angle; underwater rated (IP68 to 10m depth); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 10.0mm; mounts into conduit or onto metal plate (nut provided); electro-polish finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Catalog No.

AT-AC - M K -7 0

Description Atlantis Series rough-in kit for poured concrete installations; for use with 70mm fixture; connects to 1" or 1.5" Schedule 40 conduit.

Catalog No.

AT-AC - T K -7 0

Description Atlantis Series tool kit for installation of fixture; for use with 70mm fixture.

197

NOTES:

Exterior Fixtures

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Sirius Series In-ground, Pathway and Fountain Fixtures

Exterior and underwater rated Marine grade 316 stainless steel

Exterior Fixtures

Mounts into conduit in concrete Multiple lens options Full photometrics using VLT Lux Calculator Pathways uplights and fountains

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

199

Sirius Series Cut Sheet #7043

In-ground, Pathway and Fountain Fixtures

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule 25mm Plain Flat Glass Lens Fixed 54° Recessed, 17mm Conduit IP44

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule 25mm Opal Flat Glass Lens Fixed 114° Recessed, 17mm Conduit IP44

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 25mm 14mm Domed Glass Lens Fixed 9° - 28° Recessed, 17mm Conduit IP44

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule 25mm Plain Flat Glass Lens with Half-Moon Glare Shield Fixed 52°w X 36°h, tilted down 8° Recessed, 17mm Conduit IP44

Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: IP Rating:

Catalog No.

S R -O D -S - 2 5 - PG - S S

Description Sirius Series (Roblon Clear) recessed fixture with plain flat glass lens and 25mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts into 17mm flex-hose conduit; IP44 rated; stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Catalog No.

S R - OD - S - 25 -O P- S S

Description Sirius Series (Roblon Opal) recessed fixture with opal flat glass lens and 25mm outer diameter; 114° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts into 17mm flex-hose conduit; IP44 rated; stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Catalog No.

S R - ID - S - 25 -1 4 - S S

Description Sirius Series (Roblon Focus) recessed fixture with 14mm domed glass lens and 25mm outer diameter; 9° - 28° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts into 17mm flex-hose conduit; IP44 rated; stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Catalog No.

SR-OD-S-25-HM-SS

Description Sirius Series (Roblon Half-Moon) recessed fixture with plain flat glass lens and half-moon glare shield with 25mm outer diameter; 52° wide by 36° high asymmetrical beam spread; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts into 17mm flex-hose conduit; IP44 rated; stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Exterior Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: IP Rating:

200

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

Sirius Series Cut Sheet #7043

Exterior Fixtures

In-ground, Pathway and Fountain Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm Indoor Ferrule 31mm Plain Flat Glass Lens Fixed 54°, tilted down 30° Recessed, 22mm Conduit IP44

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 25mm 12mm Domed Glass Lens Fixed 11° - 36° Recessed, Metal Plate IP68 to 1m Depth

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule 25mm Plain Flat Glass Lens Fixed 54° Recessed, Metal Plate IP68 to 1m Depth

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Focus: Beam Angle: Mounting: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule 33mm 26mm Domed Glass Lens Fixed 5° - 27° Recessed, 1" Conduit IP44

Catalog No.

S R -I D -AST- 3 1-P G - S S

Description Sirius Series (Roblon Angle) steplight fixture with plain flat glass lens and 31mm outer diameter; asymmetrical beam spread for illuminating horizontal plane of steps; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 4.5mm; mounts into 22mm flex-hose conduit; IP44 rated; stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Catalog No.

S R- I D -F- 2 5 -1 2 - S S

Description Sirius Series (Roblon Fountain Focus) submersible fixture with 12mm domed glass lens and 25mm outer diameter; 11° - 36° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts into metal plate with nut and gasket provided; IP68 rated to 1m depth; stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Catalog No.

S R - OD - F-2 5 - P G -S S

Description Sirius Series (Roblon Fountain Wide) submersible fixture with plain flat glass lens and 25mm outer diameter; 54° beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts into metal plate with nut and gasket provided; IP68 rated to 1m depth; stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Catalog No.

SR-OD-L-33-26-SS

Description Sirius Series recessed fixture with 26mm domed glass lens and 33mm outer diameter; 5°-27° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts into 1" Schedule 40 conduit; IP44 rated, stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Stainless Steel - Marine Grade 316

Plea se refer to VLT Lux Calculat or for a ll Ph otom etrics and Beam A ng les tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

201

Sirius Series In-ground, Pathway and Fountain Fixtures

Cut Sheet #7043

Accessory: 17mm Flex-Hose Primary Material: Nylon Min. Bend Radius: 2.25"

Catalog No.

S R - AC - F H -17

Description 17mm flexible conduit for mounting Sirius Series fixtures.

Accessory: 22mm Flex-Hose Primary Material: Nylon Min. Bend Radius: 2.5"

Catalog No.

S R - AC - F H -2 2

Description 22mm flexible conduit for mounting Sirius Series fixtures.

Accessory: Mounting Tension Clip

Catalog No.

S R - AC - T C -17

Description Sirius Series accessory tension clip for recessed mounting of fixture without conduit; for use with fixtures that typically mount into 17mm flex-hose conduit.

Exterior Fixtures

Reef Series Exterior Spot Light Fixtures

Exterior-rated spot light

Exterior Fixtures

303 or 316 stainless steel Multiple lens options Multiple mounting options Full photometrics using VLT Lux Calculator Exterior lighting of buildings, up-lighting trees

Plea se refer to VLT Lu x Calc ulato r for all Ph otom et-

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

203

Reef Series Cut Sheet #7063

Exterior Spot Light Fixtures Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Indoor Ferrule 26mm Domed Glass Lens 12° - 42° Surface Mount Stainless Steel IP68 to 1m Depth

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule Plain Flat Glass Lens 54° Surface Mount Stainless Steel IP68 to 1m Depth

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule 26mm Domed Glass Lens 17° - 34° Surface Mount Stainless Steel IP68 to 1m Depth

Catalog No.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material: IP Rating:

PMMA or Glass 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm Max Ferrule Plain Flat Glass Lens 54° Surface Mount Stainless Steel IP68 to 1m Depth

Catalog No.

Description

303

Reef Series (Roblon Beespot Focus) adjustable focus accent fixture with 26mm domed glass 316 lens; 12° - 42° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; surface mount; IP68 rated to 1m depth; two stainless steel grades available.

Grade 303 Stainless Steel (303) or 316 Marine Grade Stainless Steel (316)

RF-OD-AD-PG-SS-

Description

303

Reef Series (Roblon Beespot Wide) adjustable focus accent fixture with plain flat glass lens; 54° beam 316 angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; surface mount; IP68 rated to 1m depth; two stainless steel grades available.

Grade 303 Stainless Steel (303) or 316 Marine Grade Stainless Steel (316)

RF-MX-AD-26-SS

Description

303

Reef Series (Roblon Beespot Max Focus) adjustable focus accent fixture with 26mm domed 316 glass lens; 17° - 34° beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 10.0mm; surface mount; IP68 rated to 1m depth; two stainless steel grades available.

Grade 303 Stainless Steel (303) or 316 Marine Grade Stainless Steel (316)

RF-MX-AD-PG-SS

Description

303

Reef Series (Roblon Beespot Max Wide) adjustable focus accent fixture with plain flat glass lens; 54° 316 beam angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 10.0mm; surface mount; IP68 rated to 1m depth; two stainless steel grades available.

Grade 303 Stainless Steel (303) or 316 Marine Grade Stainless Steel (316)

Catalog No.

RF-AC-EA-SS-316

Description Reef Series 500mm (19.75") extension arm for extending fixture mounting location away from mounting surface.

Exterior Fixtures

Accessory: Extension Arm Primary Material: Stainless Steel

RF-ID-AD-26-SS

Eclipse Series Landscape Bollard Fixtures & Accents

Bead blasted 316 stainless steel Exterior Fixtures

Multiple lens options Two bollard heights Mount onto hardscape or into ground Landscape lighting for paths or features

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

205

Eclipse Series Cut Sheet #7073

Landscape Bollard Fixtures & Accents

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule 50mm Opal PMMA Lens 18°, Tilted Down 10° Semi-recessed or Bollard Mounted (ordered separately) Primary Material: Stainless Steel IP Rating: IP56

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule 40mm Opal PMMA Lens 60° Bollard Mounted (ordered separately) Primary Material: Stainless Steel IP Rating: IP56 Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting:

E C- O D -E C - 5 0- O P- S S

Description Eclipse Series (Roblon Eclipse) landscape bollard with crescent shaped optics and 50mm outer diameter; directs light downward at 10° angle; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts semi-recessed or onto 50mm bollard (100mm or 800mm heights, ordered separately); IP56 rated; bead-blasted stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Bead-Blasted Stainless Steel (SS)

Catalog No.

E C- O D -C V- 4 0 -O P- S S

Description Eclipse Series (Roblon Circle V) landscape bollard with opal lens and 40mm outer diameter; directs light in all directions; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts onto 40mm bollard (100mm or 800mm heights, ordered separately); IP56 rated; bead-blasted stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Bead-Blasted Stainless Steel (SS)

Catalog No.

E C- O D -C H - 4 0- P G - SS

Description Eclipse Series (Roblon Circle H) landscape bollard with capped opal lens and 40mm outer diameter; directs light downward at 45° with 360° distribution; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; mounts onto 40mm bollard (100mm or 800mm heights, ordered separately); IP56 rated; bead-blasted stainless steel finish.

Finishes Available Bead-Blasted Stainless Steel (SS)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Exterior Fixtures

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule 40mm Plain PMMA Lens 360° Distribution, Tilted Down 45° Bollard Mounted (ordered separately) Primary Material: Stainless Steel IP Rating: IP56 Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting:

Catalog No.

206

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

Eclipse Series Cut Sheet #7073

Landscape Bollard Fixtures & Accents Accessory: Bollard Size: Ø50mm, 100mm height Primary Material:Stainless Steel

Catalog No.

E C -AC - B 1- 5 0

Description Eclipse Series bollard for 50mm outer diameter Eclipse Series fixtures; mounts fixture at 100mm height; stainless mounting screws included

Finishes Available Bead-Blasted Stainless Steel (SS)

Accessory: Bollard Size: Ø50mm, 800mm height Primary Material: Stainless Steel

Catalog No.

E C -AC - B 8 - 50

Description Eclipse Series bollard for 50mm outer diameter Eclipse Series fixtures; mounts fixture at 800mm height; stainless mounting screws included

Finishes Available Bead-Blasted Stainless Steel (SS)

Accessory: Bollard Size: Ø40mm, 100mm height Primary Material: Stainless Steel

Catalog No.

E C -AC - B 1- 4 0

Description Eclipse Series bollard for 40mm outer diameter Eclipse Series fixtures; mounts fixture at 100mm height; stainless mounting screws included

Finishes Available

Exterior Fixtures

Bead-Blasted Stainless Steel (SS)

Accessory: Bollard Size: Ø40mm, 800mm height Primary Material: Stainless Steel

Catalog No.

E C -AC - B 8 - 40

Description Eclipse Series bollard for 40mm outer diameter Eclipse Series fixtures; mounts fixture at 800mm height; stainless mounting screws included

Finishes Available Bead-Blasted Stainless Steel (SS)

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

207

Eclipse Series Landscape Bollard Fixtures & Accents

Cut Sheet #7073

Accessory: Mounting Spear Size: 40mm, 50mm Primary Material: Stainless Steel

Catalog No.

E C -AC - M S -4 0 / 5 0

Description Eclipse Series mounting spear; secures bollard to the ground; for placement in gardens, flower beds, etc.; stainless mounting screws included.

Fiber Type: Fiber Sizes: Ferrule Type: Fixture Size: Lens Type: Beam Angle: Mounting: Primary Material: IP Rating:

PMMA 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm Indoor Ferrule 21mm Plastic Lens 50째 - 56째 Semi-Recessed, Conduit or Stake Plastic IP68 to 1m Depth

Catalog No.

E C -I D - F L-2 1- P L-B L

Description Eclipse Series 21mm flexible light tube with plastic lens; 50째 - 56째 beam angle (fiber size dependent); accepts PMMA fiber up to 4.5mm; semi-recessed mounting onto conduit or stake (not included); IP68 rated to 1m depth; black finish.

Finishes Available Black (BL)

Exterior Fixtures

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Paver Series

Exterior Fixtures

Illuminated Paver Fixtures

Illuminated pavers for function or decorative fun Indoor and outdoor use Pavers for drive-over or underwater conditions Heat-free and safe-to-the-touch

E X T E R I O R

F I X T U R E S

209

Paver Series Cut Sheet #7083

Illuminated Paver Fixtures

Fiber Type: Fiber Size: Ferrule Type: Fixture Shape: Fixture Size: Materials:

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule Circle 25mm Lens – Opal Flat Glass Lens Body – Stainless Steel IP Rating: IP44 Mounting: Recessed, 17mm Conduit

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm Paver Ferrule Square 100mm Lens – White Polycarbonate Body – ABS plastic IP Rating: IP64 Mounting Depth: 60mm (2.36") Fiber Type: Fiber Size: Ferrule Type: Fixture Shape: Fixture Size: Materials:

P V- O D- C - 2 5 -O P- S S

Description Paver Series illuminated circle paver fixture with opal flat glass lens and 25mm outer diameter; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; for recessed mounting into 17mm flex-hose conduit (sold separately); IP44 rated; complete stainless steel construction.

Catalog No.

P V- PF- S - 10 0 - PLY- W H

Description Paver Series illuminated square paver fixture with high-impact white polycarbonate lens and 100mm x 100mm trimless fixture face; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 4.5mm; recessed mounting at 60mm depth; IP64; ABS plastic body.

Catalog No.

P V- O D- C - 10 0 - O P- S S

Description Paver Series illuminated circle paver fixture with opal flat glass lens and 100mm outer diameter; accepts PMMA or glass fiber up to 6.0mm; for recessed mounting with accessory mounting kit (sold separately); IP68 rated to 1 meter water pressure; complete stainless steel construction; driveover rated to 2,500 Kg.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Exterior Fixtures

PMMA or Glass 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm Outdoor Ferrule Circle 100mm Lens – Opal Flat Glass Lens Body – Stainless Steel IP Rating: IP68 to 1m Depth Drive-over Rating: 2,500 Kg (5,511 lbs.) Mounting: Recessed, Mounting Kit Fiber Type: Fiber Size: Ferrule Type: Fixture Shape: Fixture Size: Materials:

Catalog No.

system accessories The following pages contain just a few of the accessories and tools available for completing your fiber optic system. Youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll find additional listed products on pages 220- 221. Cut sheets for all accessory products can be found on the website at www.visual-lighting.com. In addition, many of the accessory products may be purchased from our online store.

Fiber Terminations

Accessories

Illuminator Controls DMX Controllers DMX Distribution and Relays External Triggers Replacement Lamps

A C C E S S O R I E S

211

accessories Cut Sheet #8023

Fiber Terminations

The Ferrule Terminations shown here are non-standard terminations for specialty applications and may or may not be used in conjunction with a fiber optic fixture. For a list of all ferrule terminations, please download cutsheet #8023.

Service: Stainless Steel Termination Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm

Catalog No.

SVC -F T-S S - 6

Description Cutting and termination of 2.0mm - 6.0mm fiber optic cable into Stainless Steel Ferrule; includes gluing and polishing for maximum output (ferrule included)

Service: Stainless Steel Termination Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 8.0mm, 9.0mm, 10.0mm

Catalog No.

SVC -F T- SS - 10

Description Cutting and termination of 8.0mm - 10.0mm fiber optic cable into Stainless Steel Ferrule; includes gluing and polishing for maximum output (ferrule included)

Service: Right Angle Termination Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 2.0mm, 3.0mm

Catalog No.

SVC - F T- R A-

Description Cutting and termination of 2.0mm - 3.0mm fiber optic cable into Right Angle Ferrule; includes gluing and polishing for maximum output (ferrule included)

2 3

Fiber Sizes 2.0mm, 3.0mm

Service: Right Angle Termination Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 4.5mm

Catalog No.

SVC -F T-R A-4 .5

Description

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Accessories

Cutting and termination of 4.5mm fiber optic cable into Right Angle Ferrule; includes gluing and polishing for maximum output (ferrule included)

212

A C C E S S O R I E S

Accessories Cut Sheet #8023

Fiber Terminations

Service: Star Termination Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm

Catalog No.

SVC -F T- ST-

Description Cutting and termination of 1.0mm - 6.0mm fiber optic cable into Star Ferrule; includes gluing and polishing of end to a 45째 cone (ferrule included)

Fiber Sizes 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm

Service: Water Termination Fiber Type: PMMA or Glass Fiber Sizes: 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm

Catalog No.

SVC - F T- W R -

Description Cutting and termination of 1.0mm - 6.0mm fiber optic cable into acrylic Water Termination Ferrule; includes gluing and polishing for maximum output (ferrule included)

Fiber Sizes 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 6.0mm

Service: Acrylic Star Tube Termination Fiber Type: PMMA Fiber Sizes: 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm

Catalog No.

1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6

SVC - F T- AS -

Description Cutting and termination of 1.0mm -3.0mm fiber optic cable into acrylic star tube fixture; typically for use in poured concrete or tiled pools; acrylic tube is cut flush with surface after installation.

Fiber Sizes 1.0mm, 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm

Accessories

*Also available as fixture only for on-site termination

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

1 1.5 2 3

A C C E S S O R I E S

213

Illuminator controls Cut Sheet #8033

DMX Controllers Accessory: Applications: Illuminator Types: Mounting:

DMX Controller Basic, Standalone Encore Series Double-Gang Electrical Box

Catalog No. AC-DMX-CNT-MNT-LICDescription Mentor DMX controller for use with Lumenyte Encore Series illuminators; allows manual selection of color or adjustable speed color roll effects; mounts in a standard double gang electrical box (included); wet and dry location models available; multiple voltages available

D W

120/60 240/50

Location Ratings Available Dry (D), Wet (W)

Accessory: Applications: Illuminator Types: Mounting: Location Rating:

DMX Douser Controller Basic, Standalone Encore Series Single-Gang Electrical Box Dry

Accessory: Applications: Illuminator Types: Mounting:

DMX Controller Basic, Standalone Platinum, Silver & Bronze Series Double-Gang Electrical Box

Catalog No. AC-DMX-CNT-MNTD-LIC-D-12v Description Mentor-D douser controller for use with Lumenyte Encore Series illuminators; slider control of any single DMX channel; DMX combine feature accepts standard DMX input while outputting combined DMX signal; mounts in a standard single gang electrical box; dry location; 12v input

Catalog No.

AC-DMX-CNT-MNT-ROB-

Description Mentor DMX controller for use with Roblon Platinum, Silver and Bronze Series illuminators; allows manual selection of color or adjustable speed color roll effects; includes lamp on/off control; mounts in a standard double gang electrical box (included); wet and dry location models available; multiple voltages available

D W

120/60 240/50

Location Ratings Available Dry (D), Wet (W)

DMX Douser Controller Basic, Standalone Platinum, Silver & Bronze Series Single-Gang Electrical Box Dry

Catalog No. AC-DMX-CNT-MNTD-ROB-D-12v Description Mentor-D douser controller for use with Roblon Platinum, Silver and Bronze Series illuminators; slider control of any single DMX channel; DMX combine feature accepts standard DMX input while outputting combined DMX signal; mounts in a standard single gang electrical box; dry location; 12v input

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Accessories

Accessory: Applications: Illuminator Types: Mounting: Location Rating:

214

A C C E S S O R I E S

Illuminator controls Cut Sheet #8033

Accessories

DMX Controllers Accessory: Applications: Illuminator Types: Mounting: Dimensions:

DMX Controller Intermediate, Standalone All N/A, Portable 3.97" x 2.38" x 1.50"

Accessory: Applications: Illuminator Types: Mounting: Dimensions:

DMX Controller Advanced, Triggerable All Shelf, Wall 5.5" x 3.5" x 1.2"

Accessory: Applications: Illuminator Types: Mounting: Dimensions:

DMX Controller Advanced, Triggerable All 1U Rack 16.7" x 6" x 1.7"

Accessory: Applications: Illuminator Types: Mounting: Location Rating:

DMX Controller Basic, Standalone All Single-Gang Electrical Box Dry

Accessory: Applications: Illuminator Types: Mounting: Dimensions:

DMX Controller Specialty ISpecialty All N/A, Portable 4" x 2.5" x 2.25"

Catalog No.

AC-DMX-CNT-SD250

Description Sidewinder portable DMX controller for use with all DMX illuminators; features 4 macro buttons for triggering of presets; includes 120v AC power adapter, stand-alone memory upgrade and basic factory pre-programming; dry location

Catalog No.

AC-DMX-CNT-QSRV-LITE

Description CueServer Lite web-based DMX controller for use with all DMX illuminators; external macro triggering via ethernet, RS-232 serial protocol, dry contact closures with digital outputs; Basic factory pre-programming included; dry location; 6 - 30V DC ( North American power supply included)

Catalog No.

AC-DMX-CNT-QSRV-PRO

Description CueServer web-based DMX controller for use with all DMX illuminators; features 8 macro buttons and realtime clock for local triggering of presets; external macro triggering via ethernet, RS-232 serial protocol, dry contact closures with digital outputs, MIDI, SMPTE; Basic factory pre-programming included; dry location; 100-240v, 47-63 Hz

Catalog No.

AC-DMX-CNT-PRE10A

Description Preset-10 DMX controller for use with all DMX illuminators; features 10 preset buttons with optional chase of presets; includes basic factory pre-programming; mounts in a standard single gang electrical box (not included); dry location; 9-24v DC or 10-16v AC

Catalog No.

AC-DMX-CNT-APTHY

Description Apathy single-channel DMX controller for use with all DMX illuminators; features basic rotary knob operation; commands all 512 DMX channels to the same level; portable; dry location; 9v DC or battery

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

A C C E S S O R I E S

215

Illuminator controls Cut Sheet #8033

DMX Cables and Connectors Accessory: DMX Cable, Pre-terminated Connector Type: 5-pin XLR Jacket Type: Black Polyurethane

Accessory: DMX Cable, Unterminated Connector Type: None Jacket Type: Plenum PVC

Accessory: DMX Connector, Female Connector Type: 5-pin XLR Dimensions: 2.72" x 0.75" Diameter

Catalog No.

AC- D M X -C B L-

2.5 5 Description Proplex pre-terminated portable DMX cable with 10 black polyurethane jacket; includes Neutrik 5-pin 15 XLR connectors; multiple lengths available 25 50 Lengths Available 75 2.5', 5', 10', 15', 25', 50', 75', 100', 150' 100 150

Catalog No.

AC - DM X - C B L-

Description Proplex unterminated installation DMX cable with white plenum rated PVC jacket; specify total length required when ordering

Catalog No.

AC - D MX - C B L-F C

Description Neutrik 5-pin female XLR connector for use with DMX cable

Accessory: DMX Connector, Male Connector Type: 5-pin XLR Dimensions: 2.72" x 0.75" Diameter

Catalog No.

AC - D MX -C B L- MC

Description Neutrik 5-pin male XLR connector for use with DMX cable

Catalog No.

AC- D MX - C B L-T R M

Description 5-pin male XLR DMX Terminator; for use at the end of each DMX string

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Accessories

Accessory: DMX Terminator Connectors Type: 5-pin XLR Dimensions: 2.72" x 0.75" Diameter

216

A C C E S S O R I E S

Illuminator controls

Cut Sheet #8033

DMX Distribution and Relays

Accessories

Accessory: Connectors Type: Mounting: Dimensions: Weight:

DMX Isolation Amplifier 5-pin XLR Table Top 1.7" x 6.5" x 6.5" 2.1 lbs.

Accessory: Connectors Type: Mounting: Dimensions: Weight:

DMX Isolated Splitter: 1 to 3 5-pin XLR Table Top 1.7" x 6.5" x 6.5" 2.6 lbs.

Accessory: Connectors Type: Mounting: Dimensions: Weight:

DMX Isolated Splitter: 1 to 5 5-pin XLR Table Top 1.7" x 8.25" x 6.5" 3.3 lbs.

Accessory: Connectors Type: Mounting: Dimensions: Weight:

DMX Combine: 2 to 1 5-pin XLR Table Top 1.7" x 8.25" x 11.25" 4.9 lbs.

Accessory: Connectors Type: Mounting: Dimensions: Weight:

DMX Controlled Relay Pack 5-pin XLR Table Top 1.7" x 6.5" x 6.5" 2.7 lbs.

Catalog No. AC -D MX -D I ST-D F D 12 1 Description DMX Isolation Amplifier for use at the receiving end of long DMX cable runs; boosts DMX signal while electrically isolating input and output; dry location; 100-120v, 50/60 Hz

Catalog No. AC -D MX - D I ST- D F D 12 3 Description DMX Isolated Splitter / Amplifier; splits 1 input into 3 outputs and boosts DMX signal while electrically isolating input from all outputs; dry location; 100-120v, 50/60 Hz

Catalog No. AC -D M X- D IST- D F D 12 5 Description DMX Isolated Splitter / Amplifier; splits 1 input into 5 outputs and boosts DMX signal while electrically isolating input from all outputs; dry location; 100-120v, 50/60 Hz

Catalog No. AC -D M X - D I ST- D FD 22 1 Description DMX Combine merges 2 inputs into 1 output using a highest takes precedence or pile on mode; dry location; 100-120v, 50/60 Hz

Catalog No.

AC -D M X- R LY- 1 R E L 2 0

Description DMX Relay Pack to trigger a single 20 amp line voltage load; provided with two 18" 12/3 SJ pigtails for line in and switched line out; dry location; 100-240v, 50/60 Hz

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

A C C E S S O R I E S

Cut Sheet #8033

217

Illuminator controls DMX Connectors Accessory: Wall Plate DMX Connector, Male Connectors Type: 5-pin XLR Mounting: Single-Gang Electrical Box

Accessory: Wall Plate DMX Connector, Female Connectors Type: 5-pin XLR Mounting: Single-Gang Electrical Box

Catalog No.

AC - D M X - C B L-W P / I

Description DMX Input Wall Plate single-gang box cover with 5-pin male XLR connector; black anodized aluminum with permanently milled nomenclature; includes screw terminals for easy field wiring

Catalog No.

AC -D M X -C B L- W P/ O

Description DMX Output Wall Plate single-gang box cover with 5-pin female XLR connector; black anodized aluminum with permanently milled nomenclature; includes screw terminals for easy field wiring

External Triggers Accessory: Wall Plate Low Voltage Switch Mounting: Single-Gang Electrical Box

Catalog No. AC-DMX-TRG-MYS8-4L Description Mystique Wall Switch Plate with 8 momentary buttons mounted in a white plastic wall plate with white buttons, includes 4 LEDs for feedback of each pair of buttons (requires compatible controller); dry location

Accessory: Wall Plate Low Voltage Switch Mounting: Single-Gang Electrical Box

Catalog No. AC -D MX - T RG -M YS 8 - 8L Description

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Accessories

Mystique Wall Switch Plate with 8 momentary buttons mounted in a white plastic wall plate with white buttons, includes 8 LEDs for feedback of each button (requires compatible controller); dry location

218

A C C E S S O R I E S

replacement Lamps Cut Sheet #8043

Accessories

Halogen Lamps Accessory: Illuminator Types: Wattage: Color Temp: Avg Lamp Life: Color Rendering:

Replacement Lamp Bronze Series 75 3,000° K 4,000 - 6,000 hours 100 CRI

Accessory: Illuminator Types: Wattage: Color Temp: Avg Lamp Life: Color Rendering:

Replacement Lamp Bronze Series Compact 100 3,400° K 2,500 hours 100 CRI

Accessory: Illuminator Types: Wattage: Color Temp: Avg Lamp Life: Color Rendering:

Replacement Lamp Encore Series Halogen 250 (derated to 165) 3,150° K 1,500 hours 100 CRI

Accessory: Illuminator Types: Wattage: Color Temp: Avg Lamp Life: Color Rendering:

Replacement Lamp Maestro Series 75 3,100° K 4,000 hours 100 CRI

Accessory: Illuminator Types: Wattage: Color Temp: Avg Lamp Life: Color Rendering:

Replacement Lamp Copper Series 42 2,900° K 6,000 hours 100 CRI

Catalog No.

AC-LMP-75LGB-3K

Description 75 watt halogen replacement lamp for Bronze Series illuminators; 3,000° K color temperature; 4,000 hour average lamp life with magnetic ballast, 6,000 hour average lamp life with electronic ballast; 100 CRI

Catalog No.

AC-LMP-100LGB-3K

Description 100 watt halogen replacement lamp for Bronze Series Compact illuminators; 3,400° K color temperature; 2,500 hour average lamp life; 100 CRI

Catalog No.

AC-LMP-250LGE-3K

Description 250 watt halogen replacement lamp for Encore Series Halogen illuminators; derated to 165 watts; 3,150° K color temperature; 1,500 hour average lamp life; 100 CRI

Catalog No.

AC-LMP-75LGM-3K

Description 75 watt halogen replacement lamp for Maestro Series illuminators; 3,100° K color temperature; 4,000 hour average lamp life; 100 CRI

Catalog No.

AC-LMP-42LGC-3K

Description 42 watt halogen replacement lamp for Copper Series illuminators; 2,900° K color temperature; 6,000 hour average lamp life; 100 CRI

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

A C C E S S O R I E S

219

replacement Lamps Cut Sheet #8043

Metal Halide Lamps

Accessory: Illuminator Type: Wattage: Color Temp: Avg Lamp Life: Color Rendering:

Replacement Lamp Platinum Series 250 4,200째 K 5,000 hours 72 CRI

Accessory: Replacement Lamp Illuminator Type: Silver, CMY, Quicksilver & Encore Series Wattage: 150 Color Temp: 4,200째 K Avg Lamp Life: 6,000 hours Color Rendering: 96 CRI

Catalog No.

AC -L MP- 2 5 0 MH R - 4 K

Description 250 watt MHR replacement lamp for Platinum Series illuminators; 4,200째 K color temperature; 5,000 hour average lamp life; 72 CRI

Catalog No.

AC -L MP- 1 5 0 C DM - 4 K

Description 150 watt CDM replacement lamp for Silver, CMY, & Encore Series illuminators; 4,200째 K color temperature; 6,000 hour average lamp life; 96 CRI

Accessories

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

220

A C C E S S O R I E S

Cut Sheet #8013 Cut Sheets for the items listed below can be found on our website; search by Cut Sheet number.

Accessories

HARNESS ADAPTERS AND HARNESSING SERVICES 1

AC-HA/R-RBL-RCP-9-

9mm RCP Harness Adapter; custom sized to maximum of 140 - 0.75mm PMMA fibers or equivalent

AC-HA/R-RBL-RCP-28

28mm RCP Harness Adapter; custom sized from 141 to 849 - 0.75mm PMMA fibers or equivalent

AC-HA/R-XPO-RCP-28-

28mm RCP Harness Adapter; for use with XPO or Light Channel Round; custom sized from 141 to 300 - 0.75mm PMMA fibers or equivalent

AC-HA/R-1PC-RCP-28

28mm RCP Harness Adapter; custom sized from 850 to 1000 - 0.75mm PMMA fibers or equivalent

AC-HA/R-3W-RCP-9-

9mm RCP Harness Adapter for use with accessory 3-Way Port Adapter; custom sized to maximum of 140 - 0.75mm PMMA fibers or equivalent

AC-HA/R-PA-3W

3-Way Port Adapter

AC-HA/R-PLG-3W

Filler Plug for unused ports of 3-Way Port Adapter

AC-HA/R-RBL-DIY-9-_____

9mm DIY Harness Adapter; custom sized to maximum of 144 - 0.75mm PMMA fibers or equivalent

AC-HA/R-RBL-DIY-28_____

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; custom sized to maximum of 1000 - 0.75mm PMMA fibers or equivalent

AC-HA/R-RBL-SHST-28-

28mm Shooting Star Harness Adapter; custom sized to maximum of 320 - 0.75mm PMMA fibers or equivalent

AC-HA/R-3025-DIY-28-1

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with a single Diamond Line 3025 fiber

AC-HA/R-6019-DIY-28-_____

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with one or two Diamond Line 6019 fibers

AC-HA/R-6015-DIY-28-_____

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with one or two Diamond Line 6015 fibers

AC-HA/R-6011-DIY-9-1

9mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with a single Diamond Line 6011 fiber

AC-HA/R-6011-DIY-28-_____

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with one, two or three Diamond Line 6011 fibers

AC-HA/R-LC-DIY-28-

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; custom sized for use with special configurations of large core fiber sizes and quantities

AC-HA/R-LC-DIY-9-

9mm DIY Harness Adapter; custom sized for use with special configurations of large core fiber sizes and quantities

AC-HA/R-PA-28/9

9mm to 28mm Port Adapter; converts 28mm port to accept a single 9mm Harness Adapter

AC-HA/R-PA-C28/9

9mm to 28mm Port Adapter for Bronze Compact and White Light Wet Location illuminators only; converts 28mm port to accept single 9mm Harness Adapter

AC-HA/L-3025-DIY-28-1

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with a single Diamond Line 3025 fiber

AC-HA/L-6019-DIY-28-_____

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with one or two Diamond Line 6019 fibers

AC-HA/L-6015-DIY-28-_____

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with one, two or three Diamond Line 6015 fibers

AC-HA/L-6011-DIY-28-_____

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with one, two or three Diamond Line 6011 fibers

AC-HA/L-SWN14-DIY-28-1

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with single Staflex WN 14mm fiber

AC-HA/L-SFC18-DIY-28-1

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with a single Staflex FC 18mm fiber

AC-HA/L-SFR19-DIY-28-1

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; for use with a single Staflex FR 19mm fiber

AC-HA/L-LC-DIY-28-

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; custom sized for use with special configurations of large core fiber sizes and quantities

AC-HA/L-LIC-DIY-28-

28mm DIY Harness Adapter; custom sized to maximum of 1000 - 0.75mm PMMA fibers or equivalent

AC-HA/L-LIC-SHST-28-

28mm Shooting Star Harness Adapter; custom sized to maximum of 320 - 0.75mm PMMA fibers or equivalent

SVC-HT-28-RCP-RND

RCP Harnessing of PMMA fiber optic cable into 28mm harness adapter; includes randomizing

SVC-HT-28-RCP-NON

RCP Harnessing of PMMA fiber optic cable into 28mm harness adapter; no randomizing

SVC-HT-9-RCP-RND

RCP Harnessing of PMMA fiber optic cable into 9mm harness adapter; includes randomizing

SVC-HT-9-RCP-NON

RCP Harnessing of PMMA fiber optic cable into 9mm harness adapter; no randomizing

SVC-HT-28-DIY-RND

DIY Harnessing of PMMA fiber optic cable into 28mm harness adapter; includes randomizing

SVC-HT-28-DIY-NON

DIY Harnessing of PMMA fiber optic cable into 28mm harness adapter; no randomizing

SVC-HT-9-DIY-RND

DIY Harnessing of PMMA fiber optic cable into 9mm harness adapter; includes randomizing

SVC-HT-9-DIY-NON

DIY Harnessing of PMMA fiber optic cable into 9mm harness adapter; no randomizing

SVC-HT-28-GL-RND

Harnessing of Glass fiber optic cable into 28mm harness adapter; includes randomizing

SVC-HT-28-GL-NON

Harnessing of Glass fiber optic cable into 28mm harness adapter; no randomizing

SVC-HT-9-GL-RND

Harnessing of Glass fiber optic cable into 9mm harness adapter; includes randomizing

SVC-HT-9-GL-NON

Harnessing of Glass fiber optic cable into 9mm harness adapter; no randomizing

SVC-HT-28-SHST

Shooting Star Harnessing of PMMA fiber optic cable into 28mm coherent, shooting star harness adapter

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

A C C E S S O R I E S

221

Cut Sheet #8023 Cut Sheets for the items listed below can be found on our website; search by Cut Sheet number. FIBER TERMINATION 65

SVC-FT-ID-____

Cutting and termination of 1.0mm - 10.0mm fiber optic cable into Indoor Ferrule

SVC-FT-OD-____

Cutting and termination of 3.0mm - 6.0mm fiber optic cable into Outdoor Ferrule

SVC-FT-MX-____

Cutting and termination of 8.0mm - 10.0mm fiber optic cable into Max Ferrule

SVC-FT-MC-2

Cutting and termination of 2.0mm fiber optic cable into Micro Ferrule

SVC-FT-SH-____

Cutting and termination of 2.0mm - 3.0mm fiber optic cable into Shelf Ferrule

SVC-FT-SC-____

Cutting and termination of 3.0mm - 8.0mm fiber optic cable into Schott Ferrule

SVC-FT-PF-____

Cutting and termination of 2.0mm - 6.0mm fiber optic cable into Paver Ferrule

SVC-FT-XF-____

Cutting and termination of 2.0mm - 4.5mm fiber optic cable into Fixture Ferrule for XPO Adjustable Module

SVC-FT-XW-____

Cutting and termination of 0.75mm - 2.0mm fiber optic cable into Fixture Ferrule for XPO Wash Point

SVC-FT-CR

Cutting and termination of 3.0mm - 6.0mm fiber optic cable directly into Coral Series Rigid Light Tube fixture

SVC-FT-FA-4.5

Cutting and termination of 4.5mm fiber optic cable directly into Coral Series Flexible Gooseneck Light Tube fixture

SVC-FT-CP-____

Cutting and termination of 1.0mm - 2.0mm fiber optic cable into Crimped Ferrule

SVC-FT-CT

Factory cutting of 1.0mm - 10.0mm fiber optic cable to specific length

SVC-FT-LC

Factory cutting of 4.5mm - 19.0mm large core fiber optic cable to specific length

SVC-FT-ES

Cutting and termination of any size large core fiber optic cable into accessory end seal (end seal not included)

Cut Sheet #8053 Cut Sheets for the items listed below can be found on our website; search by Cut Sheet number. TOOLS & INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES 80

AC-TL-HK-KIT

Hot Knife Termination Kit; includes 120 watt hot knife with integral transformer and 3 blades; 115 volt, 60 Hz

AC-TL-HK-BLD

Replacement Hot Knife Blade for use with Hot Knife Termination Kit; 0.6mm thick

AC-TL-HK-RNT

Rental of Hot Knife Termination Kit; includes contents of AC-TL-HK-KIT above; 115 volt, 60 Hz

AC-TL-HHW-MT

Hex head wrenches in metric sizes 1.5mm, 2mm, & 3mm

AC-TL-LOC-10/25

Large Core Fiber Cutter for field cutting of 10mm to 25mm fiber optic cables

AC-TL-LOC-4.5/9

Large Core Fiber Cutter for field cutting of 4.5mm to 9mm fiber optic cables

AC-TL-LOC-10/25-BLD

Replacement blade for use with 10/25 Large Core Fiber Cutter; estimated blade life is 40 cuts

AC-TL-LOC-4.5/9-BLD

Replacement blade for use with 4.5/9 Large Core Fiber Cutter; estimated blade life is 40 cuts

AC-TL-DB-20/30

Drill Bit for CK-20 (0.50mm) and CK-30 (0.75mm) fiber; for use in drilling star field ceilings

AC-TL-DB-40

Drill Bit for CK-40 (1.0mm) fiber; for use in drilling star field ceilings

AC-TL-DB-60

Drill Bit for CK-60 (1.5mm) fiber; for use in drilling star field ceilings

AC-INST-DUCT-4

4” Exhaust Duct; connects to illuminator’s accessory exhaust hose adapter; maximum length not to exceed 10’

AC-INST-CLMP-4

Hose Clamp for 4” Exhaust Duct

AC-INST-LEF-6

3M Light Enhancement Film; 6” wide strip up to 150’ in length

AC-WCC-1.5-19/27

Waterproof Conduit Connector for routing 19.5mm OD to 26.5mm OD fibers through 1.5" conduit

AC-WCC-1.5-15/20

Waterproof Conduit Connector for routing 15.5mm OD to 19.5mm OD fibers through 1.5” conduit

AC-WCC-1-10/16

Waterproof Conduit Connector for routing 10.5mm OD to 15.5mm OD fibers through 1” conduit

AC-WCC-1-8/11

Waterproof Conduit Connector for routing 8.5mm OD to 10.5mm OD fibers through 1” conduit

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

Accessories

82 83

222

AP P LICAT ION

Star Ceiling

Cut Sheet #3113

TYPICAL APPLICATION MATERIALS ILLUMINATOR: LGM75H

FIBER OPTIC CABLE: F-LF-SF-PM-33 (33 strands PMMA)

TERMINATION METHOD: DIY Harnessing (Hot Knife)

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

INSTALLATION SEQUENCE

1. Density: VLT recommends the use of approximately 2-3 fibers per square foot, although this is highly subjective. In general, installations with fewer stars look more natural, while denser star placement creates a more extravagant look. Typically, lower ceilings (less than 10' high) require more stars per foot than higher ceilings (over 15' high.) 2. Distribution: Star distribution in the real sky is very uneven. To create a natural looking star ceiling, vary the spacing by combining tightly clustered groupings of stars with areas of few or no stars. You may also wish to incorporate a denser "galaxy" grouping into your ceiling. 3. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required.

1. Pre-paint the ceiling. 2. Install the illuminator(s) in well-ventilated and maintenance accessible location(s). 3. Route fiber optic cables to pre-determined locations (see Star Field Layout schematic). Any excess cable should be fastened into a coil with a 2'-0" diameter. 4. Working from above the ceiling, drill holes and insert the individual fibers. Fibers should protrude 2" â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 3" through the ceiling into the room. 5. As you place the fibers, secure them above the ceiling with silicone or epoxy adhesive. Allow the adhesive to dry completely. 6. Lightly re-paint ceiling, painting over protruding fibers (optional). 7. With diagonal cutters, trim fibers to approximately 3/16" protrusion from ceiling. If you may want to paint the ceiling again in the future, leave fibers a little longer to allow for an additional trimming. Experiment with cutting at different angles to create a greater variety of star brightness.

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 1. Minimum bend radius of the full Star Field Cable is 1". Minimum bend radius of the individual raw fibers is 1/4". 2. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

223

A P P LICAT ION

STAR FIELD LAYOUT • Divide the Star Field ceiling into sections containing 33 fibers (star points). • Each section will be lit using one Star Field Cable. • To achieve 2 fibers per square foot, each section should be approximately 4’x4’. • When measuring cable lengths for your layout, include enough slack to route your fiber around obstacles, and remember to include the two foot service loop for each fiber run.

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

224

AP PLICAT ION

Glass Block Wall

Cut Sheet #3123

TYPICAL APPLICATION MATERIALS ILLUMINATOR: LG150 or LG150C

FIBER OPTIC CABLE: F-MF-SL-PM-11 (brightest) or F-MF-SL-PM-8 (bright)

TERMINATION METHOD: RCP Harnessing or DIY Harnessing (hot knife)

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

1. Fiber optic cable should be installed between every row of glass blocks, using either one or two cables per row. 2. Fiber can be "snaked" from row to row or can be used with straight runs, depending on the total length of the wall. 3. Typically, 8mm/49 strand or 11mm/84 strand fiber provides the best illumination, but other fiber sizes can be used as long as they fit between the glass blocks. 4. For outdoor applications, use outdoor rated fiber with UV inhibitors, such as the fibers noted above. 5. Glass Block Wall lighting is best viewed in a dim or dark environment. Lighting results are strongly affected by ambient lighting conditions, so direct spotlighting of the wall should be avoided. 6. Refer to the fiber cut sheets for recommended maximum cable lengths. Maximum lengths may vary depending on cable size, illuminator type and termination method. 7. When calculating fiber lengths, be sure to include both the horizontal and vertical distances of the wall, the length of fiber required to reach the illuminators, and an extra two foot service loop of cable per illuminator connection. The service loop allows for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required.

1. Glass blocks are typically shipped with a white texture on the mortar sides. For maximum light transmission and optimal effect, the top and bottom surfaces of each glass block MUST be cleaned and free of this white texturing material. 2. Using an optically clear sealant (Lexel or similar type), mount fiber onto the glass block. For optimal light transmission into the glass blocks above and below, apply sealant on both sides of the fiber cable. 3. Use opaque / colored mortar to fill in to the edges of the block. The optically clear sealant may be used as mortar to provide an additional effect. 4. VLT does not assure the structural integrity of the mortars and sealants referred to above, and takes no responsibility for their use or misuse. Please consult a structural engineer for approval of design ideas prior to construction.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

225

A P P LICAT ION

Plan Detail.

Section Detail.

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

226

AP P LICAT ION

Cove Lighting

Cut Sheet #4073

TYPICAL APPLICATION MATERIALS ILLUMINATOR: LGE150 or LGP250

FIBER OPTIC CABLE: F-DL-DSL-LC-3025 (brightest) F-DL-DSL-LC-6019 (bright)

MOUNTING MATERIALS: F-AC-T-U-W-25 (track for 3025) F-AC-T-U-W-19 (track for 6019) F-AC-W-15 (wedge)

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

1. Diamond Line 3025 produces the brightest light output with longest effective throw distance (refer to Effective Throw Distance Chart,) but has a narrow 30° beam spread. Diamond Line 6019 produces a wider 60° beam spread, but has a shorter effective throw distance. 2. Terminating two Diamond Line 6019 fibers into one illuminator can provide a significant cost savings, but light output will be diminished by approximately 40%. Illuminators can hold only one Diamond Line 3025 fiber. 3. Due to the rigidity of Diamond Line fiber, use side-by-side fiber mounting tracks only. Mounting track can be field-cut into small segments to create curves. The 15° Mounting Wedge should be used to focus the fiber at the appropriate angle. 4. Fiber placement in relation to the aperture (opening) of the cove can greatly affect results. Using wooden riser blocks or our angled wedge can help focus the light to provide a more pronounced cove accent or a subtle ceiling wash. 5. Refer to the fiber cut sheets for recommended maximum cable lengths. Maximum lengths may vary depending on cable size, illuminator type, and termination configuration. 6. When calculating fiber lengths, specify individual lengths for the Lit Segment and Tail Segment of the fiber; also be sure to include an extra one foot service loop of cable per Tail Segment. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required.

1. Turns around room corners must accommodate the fiber’s minimum bend radius. Diamond Line 3025 requires a 12" minimum bend radius, while Diamond Line 6019 requires a 9" minimum bend radius. 2. During installation, some masking of the fibers may be required to equalize the overall light output. This is typically required when the fiber bends around a corner, or at the entry point of the fiber into the cove. White tape can be applied to the fiber to reduce the light output at these bright spots. 3. A matte white finish inside the cove increases light reflectivity. Paint walls and ceilings white, or cover walls and ceilings with 3M Light Enhancement film for optimum results.

EFFECTIVE THROW DISTANCE

LGE150

LGP250

Diamond Line 3025

6’

8’

Diamond Line 6019

3’

4’

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

227

A P P LICAT ION

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

228

AP P LICAT ION

Step LIGHTS

Cut Sheet #4083

TYPICAL APPLICATION MATERIALS ILLUMINATOR: LGE150

FIBER OPTIC CABLE: F-DL-DSL-LC-6015 (under stair bullnose) F-SFC-SL-LC-14 (in stair riser)

TERMINATION METHOD: DIY Harnessing (large core)

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

1. Light output should be subtle; fiber optic cables can be mounted to each step, but no further apart than every other step. 2. Fiber can be looped from step to step or can be singleended with one fiber run per step. 3. Typically, Diamond Line provides the best illumination for under bullnose applications, while Sta-Flex FC is best for stair riser applications. 4. Fiber optic cable mounted under the stair bullnose should be small enough to be hidden from view but large enough to cast the desired amount of light. Fiber optic cable mounted in the stair riser should be sized to suit the aesthetic of the application. 5. For under water applications specify fibers with the WR designation at the end of the part number. 6. Refer to the fiber cut sheets for recommended maximum cable lengths. Maximum lengths may vary depending on cable size, illuminator type, and termination configuration. 7. When calculating fiber lengths, be sure to include both the horizontal and vertical distances of the stairs, the length of fiber required to reach the illuminators, and an extra one foot service loop of cable per illuminator connection. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required.

1. Refer to the fiber cut sheets for recommended minimum fiber bend radius. Loose radial bends produce the best results. Feed fiber straight into steps to avoid a bright spot at the cable entry point. 2. For best results in single-ended applications, keep all fiber lengths approximately the same. Use Mirrored or White End Seals at the end of each fiber, hiding the ends of the fibers in architectural details to avoid bright spots. 3. For looped applications, light loss is compounded with multiple bends. Be sure to loop the fiber end back to an illuminator after approximately 4 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 6 bends.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

229

A P P LICAT ION

Section Detail 1. Bullnose

Section Detail 2. Stair Riser

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

230

AP PLICAT ION

XPO Display CAse Lighting

Cut Sheet #6103

TYPICAL APPLICATION MATERIALS ILLUMINATOR: LGS150C

FIBER OPTIC CABLE: Light Modules: F-MF-EL-PM-4.5 (27 strands 0.75mm PMMA) Wash Points: F-MF-EL-PM-2 (7 strands 0.75mm PMMA)

TERMINATION METHOD: RCP Harnessing

XPO COMPONENTS: Light Modules: XP-XF-AD-S-NL Wash Points: XP-XW-FX-S-NL

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1. In your XPO light bar design, use Accent Modules to light key objects; use Wash Points to provide the “fill” light and additional sparkle. 2. Each Accent Module or Wash Point contains multiple strands of fiber, with each strand providing the sparkle of an individual light source. 3. Illuminator features: • Compact design allows illuminator to be mounted into a single drawer, under the cabinet, or within the display cabinet’s toe-kick. • Tools required for routine illuminator maintenance - including lamp changes - are included on the illuminator. • 4,200°K Color Temperature compliments the coloring of cut crystal, diamonds, and cool metals; color correction may be desired when displaying warmertoned items. • Philips MasterColor Lamp with 6,000 hour lamp life and 96 CRI. 4. It is possible to light multiple displays with one illuminator; contact the lighting designers at Visual Lighting Technologies for help in determining the best illuminator layout for your XPO system.

5. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 6. Refer to “The Rules of XPO” to determine the maximum number of Accent Modules and Wash Points possible on a single XPO light bar.

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 1. Illuminators require positive airflow ventilation. See recommended layout for illuminator mounting and airflow management in Section Detail 2. 2. Factory RCP Harnessing is recommended, but may pose challenges to system installation. Please consult the VLT lighting designers early in the planning process for design suggestions based on your individual installation requirements.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

231

Section Detail 1.

Section Detail 2.

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

232

AP P LICAT ION

METAL HALIDE DOWN LIGHTS

Cut Sheet #6113

TYPICAL APPLICATION MATERIALS ILLUMINATOR: LGS150 (28mm Fiber Port)

FIBER OPTIC CABLE: F-MF-EL-PM-6 (50 strands 0.75mm PMMA)

TERMINATION METHOD: RCP Harnessing

SUGGESTED FIXTURES: Dolphin Series (recessed, adjustable) Outrigger Series (recessed, fixed) Monterey Series (surface, adjustable)

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1. Due to the narrower beam spread, fixtures should be spaced closer together and closer to walls than with traditional down lights. 2. Some fixtures may have an adjustable beam spread. Use included ferrule spacers to set desired beam angle. 3. Metal Halide Illuminator features: • Lamp requires a 3 minute start-up period with a 5 minute cool down time before re-strike. • Lamp can be doused using an optional color wheel with neutral density filters. This can be controlled via an integral switch or an external DMX controller. • 4,200°K Color Temperature blends well with fluorescent and metal halide sources but may require color correction in a warmer, lower color temperature environment. Refer to accessory section of catalog for information regarding CTO filters. • Philips MasterColor Lamp with 6,000 hour lamp life 4. Although shorter fiber optic cable runs are desirable to avoid light loss, the most important design consideration is uniformity of length. To ensure that all fixtures will have identical light output, use all same length fiber runs. Alternatively, a 3:2 ratio (longest run is no more than 50% longer than the shortest run) produces a generally acceptable light variance.

5. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 6. Consult Table 1 to determine maximum number of fixtures (fiber runs) per illuminator.

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 1. Refer to fiber cut sheets for recommended minimum fiber bend radius. Add this length to the fixture height to determine minimum clearance distance above ceiling. Refer to Section Detail 1 for example. 2. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated and may require in-conduit installation. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

233

Table 1. Maximum # of Fixtures per Illuminator

FIXTURE TYPE

FIBER SIZE 4.5mm

6.0mm*

8.0mm

10.0mm

Dolphin Series

20*

13†

8†

Outrigger Series

20*

N/A

Monterey Series 37*

N/A

*Denotes recommended configuration †Available for 26mm MAX fittings only

Section Detail 1.

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

234

AP P LICAT ION

Halogen DOWN LIGHTS

Cut Sheet #6123

TYPICAL APPLICATION MATERIALS ILLUMINATOR: LGB75H-3-9 (9mm Fiber Port)

FIBER OPTIC CABLE: F-MF-EL-PM-4.5 (27 strands 0.75mm PMMA)

TERMINATION METHOD: RCP Harnessing

SUGGESTED FIXTURES: Dolphin Series (recessed, adjustable) Outrigger Series (recessed, fixed) Monterey Series (surface, adjustable)

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1. Due to the narrower beam spread, fixtures should be spaced closer together and closer to walls than with traditional down lights. 2. Some fixtures may have an adjustable beam spread. Use included ferrule spacers to set desired beam angle. 3. Halogen Illuminator features: • Lamp can be turned on and off repeatedly with no cool down time before re-strike. • Lamp can be dimmed (optional) using a standard wall dimmer for low voltage loads. • 3000°K Color Temperature blends well with incandescent sources but may need to be color corrected in a higher color temperature environment. • 4,000 - 6,000 hour lamp life 4. Although shorter fiber optic cable runs are desirable to avoid light loss, the most important design consideration is uniformity of length. To ensure that all fixtures will have identical light output, use all same length fiber runs. Alternatively, a 3:2 ratio (longest run is no more than 50% longer than the shortest run) produces a generally acceptable light variance.

5. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 6. Consult Table 1 to determine maximum number of fixtures (fiber runs) per illuminator.

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 1. Refer to the fiber cut sheets for recommended minimum fiber bend radius. Add this length to the fixture height to determine minimum clearance distance above ceiling. Refer to Section Detail 1 for example. 2. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated and may require in-conduit installation. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

235

A P P LICAT ION

Table 1. Maximum # of Fixtures per Illuminator

FIXTURE TYPE

FIBER SIZE 3.0mm 4.5mm* 6.0mm 8.0mm 10.0mm Dolphin Series

1†

Outrigger Series

N/A

Monterey Series

N/A

*Denotes recommended configuration †Available for 26mm MAX fittings only

Section Detail 1.

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

236

AP P LICAT ION

Interior Step LIGHTS

Cut Sheet #6133

TYPICAL APPLICATION MATERIALS ILLUMINATOR: LGB75H-3-28 (28mm Fiber Port)

FIBER OPTIC CABLE: F-MF-EL-PM-3 (14 strands 0.75mm PMMA)

TERMINATION METHOD: RCP Harnessing

SUGGESTED FIXTURES: Nassau Series (asymmetrical, stair riser)

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1. Light output should be subtle; fixtures can be spaced at each step, but no further apart than every other step. 2. Asymmetrical fixtures on side walls should be mounted from 4.5" to 6" above the stair tread, depending on personal preference. Stair Riser fixtures should be mounted near the center of the stair riser. 3. Halogen Illuminator features: • Lamp can be turned on and off repeatedly with no cool down time before re-strike. • Lamp can be dimmed (optional) using a standard wall dimmer for low voltage loads. • 3,000°K ColorTemperature blends well with incandescent sources but may need to be color corrected in a higher color temperature environment. • 4,000 – 6,000 hour lamp life. 4. Although shorter fiber optic cable runs are desirable to avoid light loss, the most important design consideration is uniformity of length. To ensure that all fixtures will have identical light output, use all same length fiber runs. Alternatively, a 3:2 ratio (longest run is no more than 50% longer than the shortest run) produces a generally acceptable light variance.

5. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 6. Consult Table 1 to determine maximum number of fixtures (fiber runs) per illuminator.

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 1. Refer to the fiber cut sheets for recommended minimum fiber bend radius. Add this length to the fixture depth to determine the minimum clearance distance within walls or behind stairs. Refer to Section Detail 1 for example. 2. Fiber optic cable is not plenum rated and may require in-conduit installation. Please consult local codes to determine installation requirements.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

237

A P P LICAT ION Table 1. Maximum # of Fixtures per Illuminator

FIXTURE TYPE

FIBER SIZE 2.0mm

3mm

4.5mm

6.0mm

21mm Asymmetrical

142

71*

N/A

31mm Asymmetrical

142

N/A

Stair Riser

142

71*

50mm Crescent

142

*Denotes recommended configuration

Section Detail 1.

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

238

AP P LICAT ION

Pool Lighting

Cut Sheet #7093

TYPICAL APPLICATION MATERIALS UNDERWATER FIXTURES: Illuminator: LGS150 Wet Location Fiber: F-MF-EL-PM-8 Fixtures: AT-OD/MX-FX-70-PG-SS

PERIMETER LIGHTING: Illuminator: LGS150 Wet Location Fiber: F-MF-SL-PM-14

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1. Pool lighting can incorporate one or both of the methods shown here. Underwater lighting provides a more traditional effect with the added benefit of color changing capabilities and zero underwater maintenance. Perimeter lighting adds a dramatic flare and the safety of a lit border. 2. Due to the narrower beam spread, more underwater fixtures will be required than with traditional pool lighting. Atlantis fixtures should be mounted on approx. 6' centers along one of the long walls of the pool. To avoid glare, mount fixtures only on the pool wall hidden from the house or main viewpoint. 3. Spas will require between 2 and 5 Atlantis fixtures, depending on size. Fixtures should be spaced evenly around the spa. Spas can typically use smaller fiber than pools. 4. Up to 13 Atlantis fixtures can be lit from one illuminator when using 8mm fiber. 6mm fiber can be used in lower ambient lighting environments. 10mm fiber may be necessary for larger pools or higher light output requirements. 5. To ensure that all Atlantis fixtures will have balanced light output, use a 3:2 ratio when determining fiber lengths (longest run is no more than 50% longer than the shortest run.) 6. Perimeter fiber can be mounted exposed to view directly beneath the pool coping, or concealed from view within a notch in the coping. Both mounting locations will produce a reflection of the fiber on the water surface. 7. Side Light fiber for perimeter lighting must be looped into the same illuminator, or for longer perimeter lengths, daisy-chained between two or more illuminators.

8. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 9. Color changing effects will require the use of DMX control in systems utilizing more than one illuminator.

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 1. Atlantis fixtures should be mounted approximately 12" to 18" below the water line for pools. Fixtures should be mounted high on the bench face for spas. 2. Fixture installation must follow factory recommendations to achieve appropriate water resistance and to adhere to stated IP rating. 3. Perimeter fiber should enter and exit the pool in corners to avoid bright spots. Corners must allow for a 6" minimum bend radius to avoid additional bright spots. 4. Side light fiber should be mounted using tracking, which can be secured to the surface using either stainless steel screws or an epoxy adhesive. 5. 1" flexible conduit should be used to transition perimeter fiber through elevation changes.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

239

A P P LICAT ION

Section Detail 1.

Section Detail 2.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

240

AP P LICAT ION

Exterior Step LIGHTS

Cut Sheet #7103

TYPICAL APPLICATION MATERIALS ILLUMINATOR: LGS150 Wet Location (28mm Fiber Port)

FIBER OPTIC CABLE: F-MF-EL-PM-3 (14 strands 0.75mm PMMA)

TERMINATION METHOD: RCP Harnessing

SUGGESTED FIXTURES: Sirius Series (asymmetrical, stair riser)

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1. Light output should be subtle; fixtures can be spaced at each step, but no further apart than every other step. 2. Asymmetrical fixtures on side walls should be mounted from 4.5" to 6" above the stair tread, depending on personal preference. 3. Metal Halide Illuminator features: • Lamp requires a 3 minute start-up period with a 5 minute cool down time before re-strike. • Lamp can be doused using an optional color wheel with neutral density filters.This can be controlled via an integral switch or an external DMX controller. • 4,200°K ColorTemperature blends well with fluorescent and metal halide sources but may require color correction in a warmer, lower color temperature environment. Refer to accessory section of catalog for information regarding CTO filters. • Philips MasterColor Lamp with 6,000 hour lamp life. 4. Although shorter fiber optic cable runs are desirable to avoid light loss, the most important design consideration is uniformity of length.To ensure that all fixtures will have identical light output, use all same length fiber runs. Alternatively, a 3:2 ratio

(longest run is no more than 50% longer than the shortest run) produces a generally acceptable light variance. 5. When calculating fiber lengths, allow for an extra two foot service loop of cable per fiber run. This service loop will allow for slight changes in illuminator location or orientation, and also allows the cable to be re-harnessed in the future, if required. 6. Consult Table 1 to determine maximum number of fixtures (fiber runs) per illuminator.

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 1. Refer to the fiber cut sheets for recommended minimum fiber bend radius. Add this length to the fixture depth to determine the minimum clearance distance within walls. Refer to Section Detail 1 for example. 2. Fixture installation must follow factory recommendations to achieve appropriate water resistance and to adhere to stated IP rating.

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

241

A P P LICAT ION

Table 1. Maximum # of Fixtures per Illuminator

FIXTURE TYPE

FIBER SIZE 2.0mm 3.0mm* 4.5mm

6.0mm

31mm Asymmetrical

142

71*

N/A

50mm Crescent

142

*Denotes recommended configuration

Section Detail 1.

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

242

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

243

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

244

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

245

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

246

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

247

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630

248

NOTES:

tel: 949.581.9398 | fax: 949.581.2947 | info@visual-lighting.com | www.visual-lighting.com | 9 Rancho Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630